Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 3095:dc7f2f975920 v7.3.319
updated for version 7.3.319
Problem: Redobuff doesn't always include changes of the completion leader.
Solution: Insert backspaces as needed. (idea by Taro Muraoka)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 21 Sep 2011 18:23:05 +0200 |
parents | 2cbde6bcc623 |
children | ff69efc4bc55 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 | |
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
17 /* | |
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
19 */ | |
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
21 | |
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
7 | 37 |
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
39 | |
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
41 { | |
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
449 | 44 NULL, |
7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
50 NULL, | |
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
7 | 58 }; |
59 | |
1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
64 #endif | |
7 | 65 |
66 /* | |
67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
68 */ | |
681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
70 struct compl_S | |
7 | 71 { |
464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
7 | 81 }; |
82 | |
464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
85 | |
86 /* | |
87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
7 | 92 */ |
464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
449 | 96 |
825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
100 | |
657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
102 * are used. */ | |
103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
104 | |
665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
106 in compl_leader */ | |
107 | |
657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
110 the longest common string. */ | |
111 | |
874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
113 completions. */ | |
114 | |
115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
116 | |
449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
449 | 120 |
1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
124 | |
464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
132 * that is being completed */ | |
133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
134 * completion started */ | |
135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
449 | 137 |
3078 | 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
139 | |
449 | 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
1430 | 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
944 | 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
681 | 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
665 | 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
681 | 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
7 | 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
648 | 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
707 | 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
659 | 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
703 | 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
667 | 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
7 | 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
657 | 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
3078 | 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
657 | 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
694 | 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
659 | 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
3095 | 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
7 | 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
724 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
3078 | 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
724 | 171 #endif |
659 | 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
7 | 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
665 | 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
610 | 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
644 | 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
610 | 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
681 | 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
1872 | 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
7 | 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
183 | |
184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
188 | |
661 | 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
7 | 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
2004 | 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
7 | 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
744 | 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
484 | 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
497 | 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
221 | 201 #endif |
7 | 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
209 #endif | |
210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
1782 | 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
7 | 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
215 #endif | |
216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
449 | 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
477 | 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
7 | 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
222 #endif | |
223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
225 #endif | |
449 | 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
7 | 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
7 | 234 #endif |
692 | 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
237 #endif | |
7 | 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
248 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
250 #endif | |
251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
255 #endif | |
256 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
449 | 257 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
7 | 258 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
259 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
260 #endif | |
261 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
262 | |
263 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
264 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
265 | |
266 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
267 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
268 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
269 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
603 | 270 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
7 | 271 |
272 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
273 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
274 #endif | |
275 | |
276 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
277 | |
278 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
298 | 279 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
280 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
281 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
282 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
7 | 283 #endif |
284 | |
285 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
286 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
287 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
288 | |
289 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
290 under the cursor */ | |
291 | |
292 /* | |
293 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
294 * | |
295 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
296 * 'i' normal insert command | |
297 * 'a' normal append command | |
298 * 'R' replace command | |
299 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
300 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
301 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
302 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
303 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
304 * | |
305 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
306 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
307 * | |
308 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
309 */ | |
310 int | |
311 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
312 int cmdchar; | |
313 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
314 long count; | |
315 { | |
316 int c = 0; | |
317 char_u *ptr; | |
318 int lastc; | |
1869 | 319 int mincol; |
7 | 320 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
321 int i; | |
322 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
323 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
324 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
325 #endif | |
326 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
327 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
328 int old_topfill = -1; | |
329 #endif | |
330 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
331 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
477 | 332 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
7 | 333 |
603 | 334 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
335 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
336 | |
7 | 337 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
338 * error message */ | |
339 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
340 | |
341 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
342 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
343 if (sandbox != 0) | |
344 { | |
345 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
346 return FALSE; | |
347 } | |
348 #endif | |
632 | 349 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
350 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
634 | 351 if (textlock != 0) |
632 | 352 { |
353 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
354 return FALSE; | |
355 } | |
7 | 356 |
357 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
844 | 358 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
1927 | 359 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
844 | 360 { |
361 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
362 return FALSE; | |
363 } | |
7 | 364 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
365 #endif | |
366 | |
11 | 367 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
368 /* | |
369 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
370 */ | |
371 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
372 { | |
532 | 373 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
11 | 374 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
375 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
376 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
377 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
378 else | |
379 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
380 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
532 | 381 # endif |
11 | 382 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
383 } | |
384 #endif | |
385 | |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
386 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
387 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
388 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
389 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
390 #endif |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
391 |
7 | 392 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
393 /* | |
394 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
395 * where the paste started. | |
396 */ | |
397 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
398 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
399 else | |
400 #endif | |
401 { | |
402 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
403 if (startln) | |
404 Insstart.col = 0; | |
405 } | |
1869 | 406 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 407 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
408 if (!did_ai) | |
409 ai_col = 0; | |
410 | |
411 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
412 { | |
413 ResetRedobuff(); | |
414 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
415 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
416 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
417 { | |
418 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
419 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
420 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
421 } | |
422 else | |
423 #endif | |
424 { | |
425 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
426 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
427 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
428 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
429 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
430 } | |
431 } | |
432 | |
433 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
434 { | |
435 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
436 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
437 { | |
438 beep_flush(); | |
439 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
440 State = INSERT; | |
441 } | |
442 else | |
443 #endif | |
444 State = REPLACE; | |
445 } | |
446 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
447 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
448 { | |
449 State = VREPLACE; | |
450 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
451 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
452 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
453 } | |
454 #endif | |
455 else | |
456 State = INSERT; | |
457 | |
458 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
459 | |
460 /* | |
461 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
462 * on a TAB or special character. | |
463 */ | |
464 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
465 | |
466 /* | |
467 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
468 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
469 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
470 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
471 */ | |
472 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
473 State |= LANGMAP; | |
474 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
475 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
476 #endif | |
477 | |
478 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
479 setmouse(); | |
480 #endif | |
481 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
482 clear_showcmd(); | |
483 #endif | |
484 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
485 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
486 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
487 if (revins_on) | |
488 undisplay_dollar(); | |
489 revins_chars = 0; | |
490 revins_legal = 0; | |
491 revins_scol = -1; | |
492 #endif | |
493 | |
494 /* | |
495 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
496 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
497 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
498 */ | |
499 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
500 { | |
501 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
502 /* | |
503 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
504 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
505 */ | |
506 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
507 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
508 else | |
509 #endif | |
510 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
511 restart_edit = 0; | |
512 | |
513 /* | |
514 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
515 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
516 * correct in very rare cases). | |
517 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
518 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
519 */ | |
520 validate_virtcol(); | |
521 update_curswant(); | |
230 | 522 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
7 | 523 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
524 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
525 { | |
526 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
527 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
529 else if (has_mbyte) | |
530 { | |
474 | 531 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 532 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
533 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
534 } | |
535 #endif | |
536 } | |
230 | 537 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
7 | 538 } |
539 else | |
540 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
541 | |
542 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
543 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
544 | |
545 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
546 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
547 | |
548 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
549 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
550 #endif | |
551 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
552 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
553 #endif | |
554 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
555 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
556 * restarting. */ | |
557 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
558 foldOpenCursor(); | |
559 #endif | |
560 | |
561 /* | |
562 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
563 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
564 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
565 */ | |
566 i = 0; | |
644 | 567 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
7 | 568 i = showmode(); |
569 | |
570 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
1473 | 571 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
7 | 572 |
573 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
574 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
575 #endif | |
576 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
577 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
578 #endif | |
579 | |
603 | 580 /* |
581 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
582 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
583 */ | |
7 | 584 ptr = get_inserted(); |
585 if (ptr == NULL) | |
586 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
587 else | |
588 { | |
589 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
590 vim_free(ptr); | |
591 } | |
592 | |
593 old_indent = 0; | |
594 | |
595 /* | |
596 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
597 */ | |
598 for (;;) | |
599 { | |
600 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
601 if (!revins_legal) | |
602 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
603 else | |
604 revins_legal = 0; | |
605 #endif | |
606 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
607 count = 0; | |
608 | |
609 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
610 { | |
611 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
612 count = 0; | |
613 goto doESCkey; | |
614 } | |
615 | |
616 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
617 if (!arrow_used) | |
618 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
619 | |
620 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
621 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
622 if (stuff_empty()) | |
623 { | |
624 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
625 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
626 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
627 } | |
628 | |
629 /* | |
630 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
631 */ | |
632 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
633 | |
634 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
635 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
636 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
637 * autocommand. */ | |
638 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
639 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
640 #endif | |
641 | |
642 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
643 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
644 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
645 foldOpenCursor(); | |
646 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
647 if (!char_avail()) | |
648 foldCheckClose(); | |
649 #endif | |
650 | |
651 /* | |
652 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
653 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
654 * redraw. | |
655 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
656 * something. | |
657 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
658 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
659 */ | |
660 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
661 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
662 && !did_backspace | |
663 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
665 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
666 #endif | |
667 ) | |
668 { | |
669 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
670 validate_cursor_col(); | |
671 | |
1869 | 672 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
7 | 673 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
674 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
675 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
676 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
677 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
678 #endif | |
679 )) | |
680 { | |
681 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
682 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
683 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
684 else | |
685 #endif | |
686 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
687 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
688 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
689 else | |
690 #endif | |
691 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
692 } | |
693 } | |
694 | |
695 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
696 update_topline(); | |
697 | |
698 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
699 | |
700 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
701 | |
702 /* | |
703 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
704 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
705 */ | |
661 | 706 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
7 | 707 |
708 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
709 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
710 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
711 #endif | |
712 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
713 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
714 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
715 do_check_cursorbind(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
716 #endif |
7 | 717 update_curswant(); |
718 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
719 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
720 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
721 #endif | |
722 | |
723 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
724 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
725 #endif | |
726 | |
727 /* | |
1526 | 728 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
7 | 729 */ |
730 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
1526 | 731 do |
732 { | |
733 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
734 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
7 | 735 |
978 | 736 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
737 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
738 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
739 #endif | |
740 | |
7 | 741 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
742 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
743 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
744 #endif | |
745 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
746 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
747 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
748 #endif | |
749 | |
750 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
659 | 751 /* |
752 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
897 | 753 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
754 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
659 | 755 */ |
897 | 756 if (compl_started |
757 && pum_wanted() | |
758 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
759 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
760 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
659 | 761 { |
762 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
763 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
836 | 764 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
765 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
657 | 766 continue; |
767 | |
659 | 768 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
769 if (!compl_used_match) | |
657 | 770 { |
659 | 771 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
836 | 772 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
773 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
774 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
775 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
1872 | 776 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
836 | 777 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
659 | 778 { |
779 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
780 continue; | |
781 } | |
782 | |
1430 | 783 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
784 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
785 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
659 | 786 { |
787 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
788 continue; | |
789 } | |
665 | 790 |
887 | 791 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
825 | 792 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
793 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
794 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
665 | 795 { |
796 ins_compl_delete(); | |
797 ins_compl_insert(); | |
798 } | |
657 | 799 } |
800 } | |
801 | |
7 | 802 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
803 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
665 | 804 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
1526 | 805 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
657 | 806 continue; |
7 | 807 #endif |
808 | |
477 | 809 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
810 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
811 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
7 | 812 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
813 { | |
814 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 815 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 816 ++no_mapping; |
817 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 818 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 819 --no_mapping; |
820 --allow_keys; | |
477 | 821 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
7 | 822 { |
477 | 823 /* it's something else */ |
7 | 824 vungetc(c); |
825 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
826 } | |
827 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
828 continue; | |
829 else | |
830 { | |
477 | 831 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
832 { | |
833 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
834 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
835 nomove = TRUE; | |
836 } | |
7 | 837 count = 0; |
838 goto doESCkey; | |
839 } | |
840 } | |
841 | |
842 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
843 c = do_digraph(c); | |
844 #endif | |
845 | |
846 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
847 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
848 goto docomplete; | |
849 #endif | |
850 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
851 { | |
852 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
853 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
854 continue; | |
855 } | |
856 | |
857 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
858 if (cindent_on() | |
859 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
860 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
861 # endif | |
862 ) | |
863 { | |
864 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
865 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
866 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
867 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
868 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
869 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
870 goto force_cindent; | |
871 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
872 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
873 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
874 } | |
875 #endif | |
876 | |
877 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
878 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
879 switch (c) | |
880 { | |
881 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
882 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
883 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
884 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
885 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
886 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
887 } | |
888 #endif | |
889 | |
890 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
891 /* | |
892 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
893 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
894 * characters. | |
895 */ | |
896 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
897 continue; | |
898 #endif | |
899 | |
900 /* | |
901 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
902 */ | |
903 switch (c) | |
904 { | |
449 | 905 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 906 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
907 break; | |
908 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
909 | |
449 | 910 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 911 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
912 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
913 { | |
914 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
915 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
916 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
929 | 917 nomove = TRUE; |
7 | 918 goto doESCkey; |
919 } | |
920 #endif | |
921 | |
922 #ifdef UNIX | |
923 do_intr: | |
924 #endif | |
925 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
926 * Insert mode */ | |
927 if (goto_im()) | |
928 { | |
929 if (got_int) | |
930 { | |
931 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
932 got_int = FALSE; | |
933 } | |
934 else | |
935 vim_beep(); | |
936 break; | |
937 } | |
938 doESCkey: | |
939 /* | |
940 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
941 */ | |
942 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
943 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
230 | 944 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
7 | 945 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
946 | |
477 | 947 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
11 | 948 { |
949 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
950 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
951 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
952 FALSE, curbuf); | |
993 | 953 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
11 | 954 #endif |
7 | 955 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
11 | 956 } |
7 | 957 continue; |
958 | |
449 | 959 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
960 if (!p_im) | |
961 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
962 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
963 c = Ctrl_O; | |
964 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
965 | |
966 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
502 | 967 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
523 | 968 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
449 | 969 goto docomplete; |
970 #endif | |
971 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
972 break; | |
973 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
853 | 974 |
975 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
976 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
977 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
978 { | |
979 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
980 nomove = TRUE; | |
981 } | |
982 #endif | |
449 | 983 count = 0; |
984 goto doESCkey; | |
985 | |
464 | 986 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
987 case K_KINS: | |
988 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
989 break; | |
990 | |
991 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
992 break; | |
993 | |
449 | 994 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
995 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
996 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
997 goto doESCkey; | |
998 #endif | |
999 | |
1000 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
1001 case K_F1: | |
1002 case K_XF1: | |
1003 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
1004 if (p_im) | |
1005 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
1006 goto doESCkey; | |
1007 | |
1008 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
1009 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
1010 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
1389 | 1011 i = plain_vgetc(); |
449 | 1012 --no_mapping; |
1013 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
1014 break; | |
1015 #endif | |
1016 | |
1017 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
7 | 1018 case NUL: |
1019 case Ctrl_A: | |
449 | 1020 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
1021 * error. */ | |
7 | 1022 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
1023 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
1024 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
1025 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1026 break; | |
1027 | |
449 | 1028 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
7 | 1029 ins_reg(); |
1030 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1031 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1032 break; | |
1033 | |
449 | 1034 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
7 | 1035 ins_ctrl_g(); |
1036 break; | |
1037 | |
449 | 1038 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
1039 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
7 | 1040 break; |
1041 | |
1042 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
449 | 1043 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
7 | 1044 if (!p_ari) |
1045 goto normalchar; | |
1046 ins_ctrl_(); | |
1047 break; | |
1048 #endif | |
1049 | |
449 | 1050 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
7 | 1051 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1052 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
1053 goto docomplete; | |
1054 #endif | |
1055 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1056 | |
449 | 1057 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
7 | 1058 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1059 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
1060 { | |
449 | 1061 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
1062 goto docomplete; | |
1063 break; | |
7 | 1064 } |
1065 # endif | |
1066 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
1067 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1068 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1069 break; | |
1070 | |
449 | 1071 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
7 | 1072 case K_KDEL: |
1073 ins_del(); | |
1074 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1075 break; | |
1076 | |
449 | 1077 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
7 | 1078 case Ctrl_H: |
1079 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
1080 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1081 break; | |
1082 | |
449 | 1083 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
7 | 1084 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
1085 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1086 break; | |
1087 | |
449 | 1088 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
12 | 1089 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
1090 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
449 | 1091 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
12 | 1092 goto docomplete; |
1093 # endif | |
7 | 1094 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
1095 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1096 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1097 break; | |
1098 | |
1099 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
449 | 1100 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
7 | 1101 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
1102 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
1103 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
1104 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
1105 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
1106 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
1107 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
1108 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
1109 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
1110 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
1111 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
1112 case K_X1DRAG: | |
1113 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
1114 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
1115 case K_X2DRAG: | |
1116 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
1117 ins_mouse(c); | |
1118 break; | |
1119 | |
449 | 1120 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1121 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
7 | 1122 break; |
1123 | |
449 | 1124 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1125 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1126 break; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1127 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1128 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1129 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1130 break; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1131 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1132 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1133 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
7 | 1134 break; |
1135 #endif | |
692 | 1136 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
1137 case K_TABLINE: | |
1138 case K_TABMENU: | |
1139 ins_tabline(c); | |
1140 break; | |
1141 #endif | |
7 | 1142 |
449 | 1143 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
7 | 1144 break; |
1145 | |
661 | 1146 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1147 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
1148 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1149 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
1150 break; | |
1151 #endif | |
1152 | |
625 | 1153 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
1154 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
1155 * cancelled. */ | |
1156 case K_F4: | |
1157 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
1158 goto normalchar; | |
1159 break; | |
1160 #endif | |
1161 | |
7 | 1162 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1163 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
1164 ins_scroll(); | |
1165 break; | |
1166 | |
1167 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
1168 ins_horscroll(); | |
1169 break; | |
1170 #endif | |
1171 | |
449 | 1172 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
7 | 1173 case K_KHOME: |
1174 case K_S_HOME: | |
1175 case K_C_HOME: | |
1176 ins_home(c); | |
1177 break; | |
1178 | |
449 | 1179 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
7 | 1180 case K_KEND: |
1181 case K_S_END: | |
1182 case K_C_END: | |
1183 ins_end(c); | |
1184 break; | |
1185 | |
449 | 1186 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
180 | 1187 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1188 ins_s_left(); | |
1189 else | |
1190 ins_left(); | |
7 | 1191 break; |
1192 | |
449 | 1193 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
7 | 1194 case K_C_LEFT: |
1195 ins_s_left(); | |
1196 break; | |
1197 | |
449 | 1198 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
180 | 1199 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1200 ins_s_right(); | |
1201 else | |
1202 ins_right(); | |
7 | 1203 break; |
1204 | |
449 | 1205 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
7 | 1206 case K_C_RIGHT: |
1207 ins_s_right(); | |
1208 break; | |
1209 | |
449 | 1210 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
665 | 1211 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1212 if (pum_visible()) | |
1213 goto docomplete; | |
1214 #endif | |
180 | 1215 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1216 ins_pageup(); | |
1217 else | |
1218 ins_up(FALSE); | |
7 | 1219 break; |
1220 | |
449 | 1221 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
7 | 1222 case K_PAGEUP: |
1223 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
613 | 1224 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1225 if (pum_visible()) |
1226 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1227 #endif |
7 | 1228 ins_pageup(); |
1229 break; | |
1230 | |
449 | 1231 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
665 | 1232 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1233 if (pum_visible()) | |
1234 goto docomplete; | |
1235 #endif | |
180 | 1236 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1237 ins_pagedown(); | |
1238 else | |
1239 ins_down(FALSE); | |
7 | 1240 break; |
1241 | |
449 | 1242 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
7 | 1243 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
1244 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
613 | 1245 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1246 if (pum_visible()) |
1247 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1248 #endif |
7 | 1249 ins_pagedown(); |
1250 break; | |
1251 | |
1252 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
449 | 1253 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
7 | 1254 ins_drop(); |
1255 break; | |
1256 #endif | |
1257 | |
449 | 1258 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
7 | 1259 c = TAB; |
1260 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1261 | |
449 | 1262 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
7 | 1263 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1264 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
1265 goto docomplete; | |
1266 #endif | |
1267 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1268 if (ins_tab()) | |
1269 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
1270 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1271 break; | |
1272 | |
449 | 1273 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
7 | 1274 c = CAR; |
1275 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1276 case CAR: | |
1277 case NL: | |
1278 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
1279 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
1280 * cursor. */ | |
1281 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
1282 { | |
644 | 1283 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
1284 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
1285 else /* location list window */ | |
1286 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
7 | 1287 break; |
1288 } | |
1289 #endif | |
1290 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
1291 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
1292 { | |
1293 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
1294 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
1295 goto doESCkey; | |
1296 } | |
1297 #endif | |
1298 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
1299 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
1300 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
1301 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1302 break; | |
1303 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1304 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
449 | 1305 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
7 | 1306 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1307 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
1308 { | |
449 | 1309 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
1310 goto docomplete; | |
1311 break; | |
7 | 1312 } |
1313 # endif | |
1314 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
1315 c = ins_digraph(); | |
1316 if (c == NUL) | |
1317 break; | |
1318 # endif | |
1319 goto normalchar; | |
449 | 1320 #endif |
7 | 1321 |
1322 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
464 | 1323 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
1324 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
1325 break; | |
1326 | |
449 | 1327 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1328 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
1329 goto normalchar; | |
1330 goto docomplete; | |
1331 | |
449 | 1332 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1333 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
1334 goto normalchar; | |
1335 goto docomplete; | |
477 | 1336 |
1337 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
1338 case Ctrl_S: | |
1339 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
1340 goto normalchar; | |
1341 goto docomplete; | |
7 | 1342 #endif |
1343 | |
449 | 1344 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1345 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1346 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
1347 #endif | |
1348 { | |
1349 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
1350 if (p_im) | |
1351 { | |
1352 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
1353 break; | |
1354 goto doESCkey; | |
1355 } | |
1356 goto normalchar; | |
1357 } | |
1358 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1359 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1360 | |
449 | 1361 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
7 | 1362 case Ctrl_N: |
1363 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
1364 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
1365 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
1366 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
449 | 1367 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
7 | 1368 goto normalchar; |
1369 | |
1370 docomplete: | |
1927 | 1371 compl_busy = TRUE; |
7 | 1372 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
449 | 1373 compl_cont_status = 0; |
1927 | 1374 compl_busy = FALSE; |
7 | 1375 break; |
1376 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
1377 | |
449 | 1378 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
1379 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
1380 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
7 | 1381 break; |
1382 | |
1383 default: | |
1384 #ifdef UNIX | |
1385 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
1386 goto do_intr; | |
1387 #endif | |
1388 | |
2845 | 1389 normalchar: |
7 | 1390 /* |
1391 * Insert a nomal character. | |
1392 */ | |
2845 | 1393 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1394 if (!p_paste) | |
1395 { | |
1396 /* Trigger the InsertCharPre event. Lock the text to avoid | |
1397 * weird things from happening. */ | |
1398 set_vim_var_char(c); | |
1399 ++textlock; | |
1400 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, | |
1401 FALSE, curbuf)) | |
1402 { | |
1403 /* Get the new value of v:char. If it is more than one | |
1404 * character insert it literally. */ | |
1405 char_u *s = get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR); | |
1406 if (MB_CHARLEN(s) > 1) | |
1407 { | |
1408 if (stop_arrow() != FAIL) | |
1409 { | |
1410 ins_str(s); | |
1411 AppendToRedobuffLit(s, -1); | |
1412 } | |
1413 c = NUL; | |
1414 } | |
1415 else | |
1416 c = PTR2CHAR(s); | |
1417 } | |
1418 | |
1419 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); | |
1420 --textlock; | |
1421 | |
1422 /* If the new value is an empty string then don't insert a | |
1423 * char. */ | |
1424 if (c == NUL) | |
1425 break; | |
1426 } | |
1427 #endif | |
7 | 1428 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
1429 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
1430 ins_try_si(c); | |
1431 #endif | |
1432 | |
1433 if (c == ' ') | |
1434 { | |
1435 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
1436 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1437 if (inindent(0)) | |
1438 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
1439 #endif | |
1440 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
1441 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
1442 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
1443 } | |
1444 | |
1445 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
1446 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1447 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
1448 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
1449 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
1450 #endif | |
1451 c)) | |
1452 { | |
1453 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
1454 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1455 revins_legal++; | |
1456 revins_chars++; | |
1457 #endif | |
1458 } | |
1459 | |
1460 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1461 | |
1462 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1463 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
1464 * closed fold. */ | |
1465 foldOpenCursor(); | |
1466 #endif | |
1467 break; | |
1468 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
1469 | |
978 | 1470 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1471 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
1472 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
1473 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
1474 #endif | |
1475 | |
7 | 1476 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
1477 if (arrow_used) | |
1478 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1479 | |
1480 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1481 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
1482 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1483 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
1484 # endif | |
1485 ) | |
1486 { | |
1487 force_cindent: | |
1488 /* | |
1489 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
1490 */ | |
1491 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
1492 { | |
1493 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
1494 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
1495 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
1496 } | |
1497 } | |
1498 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
1499 | |
1500 } /* for (;;) */ | |
1501 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
1502 } | |
1503 | |
1504 /* | |
1505 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
1506 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
1507 * option work correctly. | |
1508 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
1509 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
1510 */ | |
1511 static void | |
661 | 1512 ins_redraw(ready) |
1876 | 1513 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
7 | 1514 { |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1515 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1516 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1517 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1518 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1519 #endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
7 | 1521 if (!char_avail()) |
1522 { | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1523 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
794 | 1524 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
1525 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1526 if (ready && ( |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1527 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1528 has_cursormovedI() |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1529 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1530 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1531 || |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1532 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1533 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1534 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1535 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1536 ) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1537 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
794 | 1538 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1539 && !pum_visible() |
794 | 1540 # endif |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1541 ) |
661 | 1542 { |
1506 | 1543 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1544 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
1545 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
1546 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
1547 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1548 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
1506 | 1549 update_screen(0); |
1550 # endif | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1551 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1552 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1553 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1554 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1555 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1556 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1557 { |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1558 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1559 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1560 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1561 } |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1562 # endif |
661 | 1563 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
1564 } | |
1565 #endif | |
7 | 1566 if (must_redraw) |
1567 update_screen(0); | |
1568 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
1569 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1570 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1571 if ((conceal_update_lines |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1572 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1573 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1574 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1575 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1576 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1577 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1578 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1579 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1580 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1581 } |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1582 # endif |
7 | 1583 showruler(FALSE); |
1584 setcursor(); | |
1585 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
1586 } | |
1587 } | |
1588 | |
1589 /* | |
1590 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
1591 */ | |
1592 static void | |
1593 ins_ctrl_v() | |
1594 { | |
1595 int c; | |
2811 | 1596 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 1597 |
1598 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 1599 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 1600 |
1601 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
2811 | 1602 { |
7 | 1603 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
2811 | 1604 did_putchar = TRUE; |
1605 } | |
7 | 1606 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
1607 | |
1608 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
1609 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
1610 #endif | |
1611 | |
1612 c = get_literal(); | |
2811 | 1613 if (did_putchar) |
1614 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
1615 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
1616 edit_unputchar(); | |
7 | 1617 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
1618 clear_showcmd(); | |
1619 #endif | |
1620 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
1621 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1622 revins_chars++; | |
1623 revins_legal++; | |
1624 #endif | |
1625 } | |
1626 | |
1627 /* | |
1628 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
1629 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
1630 */ | |
1631 static int pc_status; | |
1632 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
1633 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
1634 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
1635 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
1636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1637 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1638 #else | |
1639 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1640 #endif | |
1641 static int pc_attr; | |
1642 static int pc_row; | |
1643 static int pc_col; | |
1644 | |
1645 void | |
1646 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
1647 int c; | |
1648 int highlight; | |
1649 { | |
1650 int attr; | |
1651 | |
1652 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
1653 { | |
1654 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
1655 validate_cursor(); | |
1656 if (highlight) | |
1657 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
1658 else | |
1659 attr = 0; | |
1660 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
1661 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
1662 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1663 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
1664 #endif | |
1665 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1666 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
1667 { | |
1668 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
1669 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1670 if (has_mbyte) | |
1671 { | |
1672 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
1673 | |
1674 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
1675 { | |
1676 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
1677 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
1678 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
1679 } | |
1680 } | |
1681 # endif | |
1682 } | |
1683 else | |
1684 #endif | |
1685 { | |
1686 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
1687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1688 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
1689 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
1690 #endif | |
1691 } | |
1692 | |
1693 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
1694 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1695 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
1696 #endif | |
1697 { | |
1698 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
1699 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
1700 } | |
1701 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
1702 } | |
1703 } | |
1704 | |
1705 /* | |
1706 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
1707 */ | |
1708 void | |
1709 edit_unputchar() | |
1710 { | |
1711 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
1712 { | |
1713 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1714 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
1715 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
1716 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
1717 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1718 else | |
1719 #endif | |
1720 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
1721 } | |
1722 } | |
1723 | |
1724 /* | |
1725 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
1726 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
1727 */ | |
1728 void | |
1729 display_dollar(col) | |
1730 colnr_T col; | |
1731 { | |
1732 colnr_T save_col; | |
1733 | |
1734 if (!redrawing()) | |
1735 return; | |
1736 | |
1737 cursor_off(); | |
1738 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1739 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
1740 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1741 if (has_mbyte) | |
1742 { | |
1743 char_u *p; | |
1744 | |
1745 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
1746 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
1747 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
1748 } | |
1749 #endif | |
1750 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
1751 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
1752 { | |
1753 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
1754 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
1755 } | |
1756 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
1757 } | |
1758 | |
1759 /* | |
1760 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
1761 * in insert mode. | |
1762 */ | |
1763 static void | |
1764 undisplay_dollar() | |
1765 { | |
1766 if (dollar_vcol) | |
1767 { | |
1768 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
1769 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1770 } | |
1771 } | |
1772 | |
1773 /* | |
1774 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
1775 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
1776 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
1777 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
1778 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
1779 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
1780 */ | |
1781 void | |
1516 | 1782 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 1783 int type; |
1784 int amount; | |
1785 int round; | |
1786 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
1516 | 1787 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 1788 { |
1789 int vcol; | |
1790 int last_vcol; | |
1791 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
1792 int new_cursor_col; | |
1793 int i; | |
1794 char_u *ptr; | |
1795 int save_p_list; | |
1796 int start_col; | |
1797 colnr_T vc; | |
1798 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1799 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1800 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
1801 | |
1802 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
1803 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1804 { | |
1805 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
1806 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1807 } | |
1808 #endif | |
1809 | |
1810 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
1811 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
1812 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
1813 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
1814 vcol = vc; | |
1815 | |
1816 /* | |
1817 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
1818 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
1819 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
1820 */ | |
1821 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1822 | |
1823 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
1824 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1825 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
1826 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1827 | |
1828 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1829 | |
1830 /* | |
1831 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
1832 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
1833 */ | |
1834 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
1835 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1836 | |
1837 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
1838 start_col = -1; | |
1839 | |
1840 /* | |
1841 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
1842 */ | |
1843 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
1516 | 1844 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 1845 else |
1846 { | |
1847 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1848 int save_State = State; | |
1849 | |
1850 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
1851 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1852 State = INSERT; | |
1853 #endif | |
1516 | 1854 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 1855 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
1856 State = save_State; | |
1857 #endif | |
1858 } | |
1859 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1860 | |
1861 /* | |
1862 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
1863 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
1864 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
1865 * non-blank character. | |
1866 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
1867 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
1868 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
1869 */ | |
1870 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
1871 { | |
1872 /* | |
1873 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
1874 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1875 */ | |
1876 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
1877 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1878 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1879 } | |
1880 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
1881 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1882 else | |
1883 { | |
1884 /* | |
1885 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
1886 */ | |
1887 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1869 | 1888 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
7 | 1889 |
1890 /* | |
1891 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
1892 */ | |
1893 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
1894 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
1895 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
1896 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1897 { | |
1898 last_vcol = vcol; | |
1899 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1900 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
474 | 1901 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
7 | 1902 else |
1903 #endif | |
1904 ++new_cursor_col; | |
1905 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
1906 } | |
1907 vcol = last_vcol; | |
1908 | |
1909 /* | |
1910 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
1911 * the right screen column. | |
1912 */ | |
1913 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1914 { | |
1869 | 1915 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1916 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
1869 | 1917 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
7 | 1918 if (ptr != NULL) |
1919 { | |
1920 new_cursor_col += i; | |
1921 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
1922 while (--i >= 0) | |
1923 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
1924 ins_str(ptr); | |
1925 vim_free(ptr); | |
1926 } | |
1927 } | |
1928 | |
1929 /* | |
1930 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
1931 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1932 */ | |
1933 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1934 } | |
1935 | |
1936 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
1937 | |
1938 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
1939 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1940 else | |
1869 | 1941 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1942 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
1943 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
1944 | |
1945 /* | |
1946 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
1947 */ | |
1948 if (State & INSERT) | |
1949 { | |
1950 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
1951 { | |
1952 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
1953 Insstart.col = 0; | |
1954 else | |
1955 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
1956 } | |
1957 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
1958 ai_col = 0; | |
1959 else | |
1960 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
1961 } | |
1962 | |
1963 /* | |
1964 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
1965 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
1966 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
1967 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
1968 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
1969 */ | |
1970 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
1971 { | |
1972 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
1973 { | |
1974 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
1975 --start_col; | |
1976 } | |
1977 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
1978 { | |
1979 replace_push(NUL); | |
1980 if (replaced) | |
1981 { | |
1982 replace_push(replaced); | |
1983 replaced = NUL; | |
1984 } | |
1985 ++start_col; | |
1986 } | |
1987 } | |
1988 | |
1989 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1990 /* | |
1991 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
1992 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
1993 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
1994 */ | |
1995 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1996 { | |
1997 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
1998 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
1999 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
2000 return; | |
2001 | |
2002 /* Save new line */ | |
2003 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
2004 if (new_line == NULL) | |
2005 return; | |
2006 | |
2007 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
2008 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
2009 | |
2010 /* Put back original line */ | |
2011 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
2012 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
2013 | |
2014 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
2015 backspace_until_column(0); | |
2016 | |
2017 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
2018 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
2019 | |
2020 vim_free(new_line); | |
2021 } | |
2022 #endif | |
2023 } | |
2024 | |
2025 /* | |
2026 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
2027 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
2028 * modes. | |
2029 */ | |
2030 void | |
2031 truncate_spaces(line) | |
2032 char_u *line; | |
2033 { | |
2034 int i; | |
2035 | |
2036 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
2037 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
2038 { | |
2039 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
2040 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
2041 } | |
2042 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
2043 } | |
2044 | |
2045 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
2046 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
2047 /* | |
2048 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
2049 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
1782 | 2050 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
2051 * character. | |
7 | 2052 */ |
2053 void | |
2054 backspace_until_column(col) | |
2055 int col; | |
2056 { | |
2057 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
2058 { | |
2059 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
2060 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 2061 replace_do_bs(col); |
2062 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
2063 break; | |
2064 } | |
2065 } | |
2066 #endif | |
2067 | |
2068 /* | |
2069 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
2070 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
2071 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
2072 */ | |
2073 static int | |
2074 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
1876 | 2075 int limit_col UNUSED; |
1782 | 2076 { |
2077 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2078 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
2079 { | |
1869 | 2080 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
1782 | 2081 |
2082 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
2083 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
2084 * composing character. */ | |
2085 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
1796 | 2086 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
1782 | 2087 { |
2088 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
2089 | |
2090 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
2091 break; | |
2092 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
2093 } | |
2094 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
2095 return FALSE; | |
1869 | 2096 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
1782 | 2097 } |
2098 else | |
2099 #endif | |
2100 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
2101 return TRUE; | |
2102 } | |
7 | 2103 |
2104 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
2105 /* | |
449 | 2106 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
2107 */ | |
2108 static void | |
2109 ins_ctrl_x() | |
2110 { | |
2111 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
2112 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
2113 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
2114 { | |
2115 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
2116 * compl_cont_status */ | |
2117 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
665 | 2118 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
449 | 2119 else |
2120 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
2121 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
2122 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
2123 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
2124 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
2125 showmode(); | |
2126 } | |
2127 } | |
2128 | |
2129 /* | |
2130 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
2131 */ | |
2132 static int | |
2133 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
2134 int dict_opt; | |
2135 { | |
703 | 2136 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
744 | 2137 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
2138 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
2139 # endif | |
2140 ) | |
449 | 2141 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
2142 { | |
2143 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
2144 edit_submode = NULL; | |
2145 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
2146 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
2147 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
2148 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
2149 { | |
2150 vim_beep(); | |
2151 setcursor(); | |
2152 out_flush(); | |
2153 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
2154 } | |
2155 return FALSE; | |
2156 } | |
2157 return TRUE; | |
2158 } | |
2159 | |
2160 /* | |
7 | 2161 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
2162 * This depends on the current mode. | |
2163 */ | |
2164 int | |
2165 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
2166 int c; | |
2167 { | |
2168 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
2169 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
2170 return TRUE; | |
2171 | |
610 | 2172 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
644 | 2173 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
610 | 2174 return TRUE; |
2175 | |
7 | 2176 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
2177 { | |
2178 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
2179 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
2180 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
449 | 2181 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
7 | 2182 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
2183 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
2184 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
477 | 2185 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
2186 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
7 | 2187 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
2188 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
2189 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2190 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2191 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2192 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2193 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
2194 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2195 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
2196 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2197 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
2198 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2199 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
2200 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
2201 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2202 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
2203 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2204 #endif | |
2205 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2206 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
2207 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
12 | 2208 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
2209 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
449 | 2210 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
523 | 2211 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
449 | 2212 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
502 | 2213 #endif |
477 | 2214 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
2215 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
7 | 2216 } |
2217 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
2218 return FALSE; | |
2219 } | |
2220 | |
2221 /* | |
1430 | 2222 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
2223 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
2224 * is visible. | |
2225 */ | |
2226 static int | |
2227 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
2228 int c; | |
2229 { | |
2230 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
2231 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
2232 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
2233 | |
2234 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
2235 { | |
2236 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2237 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
2238 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
2239 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
2240 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
2241 | |
2242 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2243 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
2244 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
2245 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
2246 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
2247 | |
2248 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2249 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
2250 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
2251 } | |
2252 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
2253 } | |
2254 | |
2255 /* | |
659 | 2256 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
7 | 2257 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
1219 | 2258 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
7 | 2259 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
2260 */ | |
2261 int | |
681 | 2262 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
7 | 2263 char_u *str; |
2264 int len; | |
681 | 2265 int icase; |
7 | 2266 char_u *fname; |
2267 int dir; | |
464 | 2268 int flags; |
7 | 2269 { |
1353 | 2270 char_u *p; |
2271 int i, c; | |
2272 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
2273 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
2177 | 2274 int min_len; |
2004 | 2275 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
7 | 2276 int has_lower = FALSE; |
2277 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
1353 | 2278 |
1436 | 2279 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
1353 | 2280 { |
2281 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
2282 | |
2283 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
2284 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2285 if (has_mbyte) | |
2286 { | |
2287 p = str; | |
2288 actual_len = 0; | |
2289 while (*p != NUL) | |
2290 { | |
2291 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2292 ++actual_len; | |
2293 } | |
2294 } | |
2295 else | |
2296 #endif | |
2297 actual_len = len; | |
2298 | |
2299 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
2300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2301 if (has_mbyte) | |
2302 { | |
2303 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2304 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
2305 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 2306 { |
1353 | 2307 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
2308 ++actual_compl_length; | |
2309 } | |
2310 } | |
2311 else | |
2312 #endif | |
2313 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
2314 | |
2177 | 2315 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
2316 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
2317 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
2318 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
2319 | |
1353 | 2320 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
1869 | 2321 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
1353 | 2322 if (wca != NULL) |
2323 { | |
2324 p = str; | |
2325 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2327 if (has_mbyte) | |
2328 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2329 else | |
2330 #endif | |
2331 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
2332 | |
2333 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
2334 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2335 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2336 { |
2337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2338 if (has_mbyte) | |
2339 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2340 else | |
2341 #endif | |
2342 c = *(p++); | |
2343 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
7 | 2344 { |
1353 | 2345 has_lower = TRUE; |
2346 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
2347 { | |
2348 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
2349 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2350 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2351 break; | |
2352 } | |
7 | 2353 } |
2354 } | |
1353 | 2355 |
2356 /* | |
2357 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
2358 * upper case. | |
2359 */ | |
2360 if (!has_lower) | |
2361 { | |
2362 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2363 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2364 { |
2365 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2366 if (has_mbyte) | |
2367 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2368 else | |
2369 #endif | |
2370 c = *(p++); | |
2371 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
2372 { | |
2373 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
2374 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2375 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
2376 break; | |
2377 } | |
2378 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
2379 } | |
2380 } | |
2381 | |
2382 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
2383 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2384 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
7 | 2385 { |
1353 | 2386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2387 if (has_mbyte) | |
2388 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2389 else | |
2390 #endif | |
2391 c = *(p++); | |
2392 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2393 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2394 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2395 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
7 | 2396 } |
1353 | 2397 |
1436 | 2398 /* |
1353 | 2399 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
2400 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
2401 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
2402 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
2403 */ | |
2404 p = IObuff; | |
2405 i = 0; | |
2406 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
2407 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2408 if (has_mbyte) | |
1446 | 2409 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
1353 | 2410 else |
2411 #endif | |
2412 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
2413 *p = NUL; | |
2414 | |
2415 vim_free(wca); | |
2416 } | |
7 | 2417 |
841 | 2418 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
2419 flags, FALSE); | |
2420 } | |
2421 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
7 | 2422 } |
2423 | |
2424 /* | |
2425 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
2426 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
464 | 2427 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
681 | 2428 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
7 | 2429 */ |
841 | 2430 static int |
944 | 2431 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
7 | 2432 char_u *str; |
2433 int len; | |
681 | 2434 int icase; |
7 | 2435 char_u *fname; |
841 | 2436 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
659 | 2437 int cdir; |
464 | 2438 int flags; |
944 | 2439 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
7 | 2440 { |
464 | 2441 compl_T *match; |
659 | 2442 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
7 | 2443 |
2444 ui_breakcheck(); | |
2445 if (got_int) | |
464 | 2446 return FAIL; |
7 | 2447 if (len < 0) |
2448 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
2449 | |
2450 /* | |
2451 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
2452 */ | |
944 | 2453 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
449 | 2454 { |
2455 match = compl_first_match; | |
7 | 2456 do |
2457 { | |
464 | 2458 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
989 | 2459 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
464 | 2460 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
2461 return NOTDONE; | |
2462 match = match->cp_next; | |
449 | 2463 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
7 | 2464 } |
2465 | |
540 | 2466 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
2467 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2468 | |
7 | 2469 /* |
2470 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
2471 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
2472 */ | |
659 | 2473 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
7 | 2474 if (match == NULL) |
464 | 2475 return FAIL; |
2476 match->cp_number = -1; | |
2477 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2478 match->cp_number = 0; | |
694 | 2479 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
7 | 2480 { |
2481 vim_free(match); | |
464 | 2482 return FAIL; |
7 | 2483 } |
681 | 2484 match->cp_icase = icase; |
659 | 2485 |
7 | 2486 /* match-fname is: |
464 | 2487 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
7 | 2488 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
2489 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
659 | 2490 if (fname != NULL |
829 | 2491 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
659 | 2492 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
2493 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
464 | 2494 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
659 | 2495 else if (fname != NULL) |
2496 { | |
2497 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
464 | 2498 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
659 | 2499 } |
7 | 2500 else |
464 | 2501 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
2502 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
786 | 2503 |
2504 if (cptext != NULL) | |
2505 { | |
2506 int i; | |
2507 | |
2508 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
2509 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
2510 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
2511 } | |
7 | 2512 |
2513 /* | |
2514 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
2515 */ | |
449 | 2516 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
464 | 2517 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
7 | 2518 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
2519 { | |
464 | 2520 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
2521 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
7 | 2522 } |
2523 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
2524 { | |
464 | 2525 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
2526 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
2527 } | |
2528 if (match->cp_next) | |
2529 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
2530 if (match->cp_prev) | |
2531 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
7 | 2532 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
449 | 2533 compl_first_match = match; |
2534 compl_curr_match = match; | |
7 | 2535 |
665 | 2536 /* |
2537 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
2538 */ | |
2539 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
2540 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
2541 | |
7 | 2542 return OK; |
2543 } | |
2544 | |
2545 /* | |
681 | 2546 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
2547 * match->cp_icase. | |
2548 */ | |
2549 static int | |
2550 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
2551 compl_T *match; | |
2552 char_u *str; | |
2553 int len; | |
2554 { | |
2555 if (match->cp_icase) | |
2556 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2557 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2558 } | |
2559 | |
2560 /* | |
665 | 2561 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
2562 */ | |
2563 static void | |
2564 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
2565 compl_T *match; | |
2566 { | |
2567 char_u *p, *s; | |
681 | 2568 int c1, c2; |
665 | 2569 int had_match; |
2570 | |
2571 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
842 | 2572 { |
665 | 2573 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
2574 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
842 | 2575 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
2576 { | |
2577 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2578 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2579 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
842 | 2580 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2581 | |
2582 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2583 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2584 if (!had_match) | |
2585 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2586 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2587 } | |
2588 } | |
665 | 2589 else |
2590 { | |
2591 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
681 | 2592 p = compl_leader; |
2593 s = match->cp_str; | |
2594 while (*p != NUL) | |
665 | 2595 { |
2596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2597 if (has_mbyte) | |
2598 { | |
681 | 2599 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
2600 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
665 | 2601 } |
2602 else | |
2603 #endif | |
2604 { | |
681 | 2605 c1 = *p; |
2606 c2 = *s; | |
2607 } | |
2608 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
2609 : (c1 != c2)) | |
2610 break; | |
2611 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2612 if (has_mbyte) | |
2613 { | |
2614 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2615 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
2616 } | |
2617 else | |
2618 #endif | |
2619 { | |
2620 ++p; | |
2621 ++s; | |
665 | 2622 } |
2623 } | |
2624 | |
2625 if (*p != NUL) | |
2626 { | |
2627 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
2628 *p = NUL; | |
2629 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2630 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2631 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 2632 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2633 | |
2634 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2635 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2636 if (!had_match) | |
2637 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2638 } | |
2639 | |
2640 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2641 } | |
2642 } | |
2643 | |
2644 /* | |
7 | 2645 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
2646 * Frees matches[]. | |
2647 */ | |
2648 static void | |
681 | 2649 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
7 | 2650 int num_matches; |
2651 char_u **matches; | |
681 | 2652 int icase; |
7 | 2653 { |
2654 int i; | |
2655 int add_r = OK; | |
659 | 2656 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2657 |
464 | 2658 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
681 | 2659 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
841 | 2660 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
7 | 2661 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
659 | 2662 dir = FORWARD; |
7 | 2663 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
2664 } | |
2665 | |
2666 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
2667 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
2668 */ | |
2669 static int | |
2670 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
2671 { | |
464 | 2672 compl_T *match; |
7 | 2673 int count = 0; |
2674 | |
449 | 2675 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
7 | 2676 { |
2677 /* | |
2678 * Find the end of the list. | |
2679 */ | |
449 | 2680 match = compl_first_match; |
2681 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
464 | 2682 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
2683 { | |
2684 match = match->cp_next; | |
7 | 2685 ++count; |
2686 } | |
464 | 2687 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
2688 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
7 | 2689 } |
2690 return count; | |
2691 } | |
2692 | |
724 | 2693 /* |
2694 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
2695 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
2696 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
2697 */ | |
2698 void | |
2699 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
1869 | 2700 colnr_T startcol; |
724 | 2701 list_T *list; |
2702 { | |
2703 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
2704 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
2705 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
2706 ins_compl_clear(); | |
2707 | |
2708 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
2709 return; | |
2710 | |
2632 | 2711 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
1869 | 2712 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
724 | 2713 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2714 compl_col = startcol; | |
1869 | 2715 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
724 | 2716 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
2717 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
2718 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 2719 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
724 | 2720 return; |
2721 | |
2722 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
2723 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
2724 | |
2725 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
2726 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
2727 compl_started = TRUE; | |
2728 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
929 | 2729 compl_cont_status = 0; |
724 | 2730 |
2731 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
2732 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
2733 out_flush(); | |
2734 } | |
2735 | |
2736 | |
574 | 2737 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
2738 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
659 | 2739 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
540 | 2740 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
2741 | |
2742 /* | |
2743 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
2744 */ | |
2745 static void | |
2746 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
2747 { | |
2748 int h; | |
2749 | |
2750 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2751 { | |
2752 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
2753 update_screen(0); | |
2754 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
2755 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2756 } | |
2757 } | |
2758 | |
2759 /* | |
2760 * Remove any popup menu. | |
2761 */ | |
2762 static void | |
2763 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
2764 { | |
2765 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2766 { | |
2767 pum_undisplay(); | |
2768 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
2769 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
2770 } | |
2771 } | |
2772 | |
2773 /* | |
2774 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
2775 */ | |
2776 static int | |
2777 pum_wanted() | |
2778 { | |
707 | 2779 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
665 | 2780 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
540 | 2781 return FALSE; |
2782 | |
2783 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
2784 if (t_colors < 8 | |
2785 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
2786 && !gui.in_use | |
2787 #endif | |
2788 ) | |
2789 return FALSE; | |
657 | 2790 return TRUE; |
2791 } | |
2792 | |
2793 /* | |
2794 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
707 | 2795 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
657 | 2796 */ |
2797 static int | |
707 | 2798 pum_enough_matches() |
657 | 2799 { |
2800 compl_T *compl; | |
2801 int i; | |
540 | 2802 |
2803 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
2804 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
2805 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2806 i = 0; | |
2807 do | |
2808 { | |
2809 if (compl == NULL | |
2810 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
2811 break; | |
2812 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2813 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
2814 | |
707 | 2815 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
2816 return (i >= 1); | |
540 | 2817 return (i >= 2); |
2818 } | |
2819 | |
2820 /* | |
2821 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
659 | 2822 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
540 | 2823 */ |
648 | 2824 void |
540 | 2825 ins_compl_show_pum() |
2826 { | |
2827 compl_T *compl; | |
659 | 2828 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
2829 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
2830 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
540 | 2831 int i; |
2832 int cur = -1; | |
2833 colnr_T col; | |
657 | 2834 int lead_len = 0; |
2835 | |
707 | 2836 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
540 | 2837 return; |
2838 | |
794 | 2839 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
2840 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
2841 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
2842 #endif | |
2843 | |
540 | 2844 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
2845 update_screen(0); | |
2846 | |
2847 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
2848 { | |
2849 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
2850 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
2851 compl = compl_first_match; | |
657 | 2852 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
835 | 2853 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
540 | 2854 do |
2855 { | |
657 | 2856 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2857 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2858 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2859 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
2860 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2861 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
657 | 2862 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
2863 return; | |
659 | 2864 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
2865 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
540 | 2866 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
2867 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2868 { | |
829 | 2869 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
2870 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
2871 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2872 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2873 | |
540 | 2874 i = 0; |
2875 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2876 do | |
2877 { | |
657 | 2878 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2879 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2880 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2881 { |
659 | 2882 if (!shown_match_ok) |
2883 { | |
2884 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
2885 { | |
2886 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
2887 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
2888 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
2889 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
2890 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2891 } | |
2892 else | |
2893 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
2894 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
2895 shown_compl = compl; | |
540 | 2896 cur = i; |
659 | 2897 } |
786 | 2898 |
2899 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
2900 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
2901 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
2902 else | |
2903 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
2904 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
2905 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
2906 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
2907 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
2908 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
659 | 2909 else |
2910 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
2911 } | |
2912 | |
2913 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
2914 { | |
2915 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
716 | 2916 |
2917 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
2918 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
2919 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2920 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2921 | |
659 | 2922 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
2923 { | |
2924 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
2925 * previously displayed match. */ | |
2926 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
2927 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2928 } | |
540 | 2929 } |
2930 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2931 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
659 | 2932 |
2933 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
2934 cur = -1; | |
540 | 2935 } |
2936 } | |
2937 else | |
2938 { | |
2939 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
657 | 2940 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
786 | 2941 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
2942 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
2943 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
829 | 2944 { |
2945 cur = i; | |
657 | 2946 break; |
829 | 2947 } |
540 | 2948 } |
2949 | |
2950 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2951 { | |
2952 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
2953 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
2954 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2955 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
732 | 2956 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
540 | 2957 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
2958 } | |
2959 } | |
2960 | |
7 | 2961 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
2962 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
648 | 2963 |
7 | 2964 /* |
703 | 2965 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
2966 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
7 | 2967 */ |
2968 static void | |
703 | 2969 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
2970 char_u *dict_start; | |
7 | 2971 char_u *pat; |
667 | 2972 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
703 | 2973 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
2974 { | |
2975 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
7 | 2976 char_u *ptr; |
2977 char_u *buf; | |
2978 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
2979 char_u **files; | |
2980 int count; | |
2981 int save_p_scs; | |
659 | 2982 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2983 |
703 | 2984 if (*dict == NUL) |
2985 { | |
744 | 2986 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2987 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
2988 * "spell". */ | |
2989 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
2990 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
2991 else | |
2992 #endif | |
2993 return; | |
2994 } | |
2995 | |
7 | 2996 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
703 | 2997 if (buf == NULL) |
2998 return; | |
1074 | 2999 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
703 | 3000 |
7 | 3001 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
3002 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
3003 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
3004 p_scs = FALSE; | |
667 | 3005 |
3006 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
3007 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
842 | 3008 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
667 | 3009 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
3010 { | |
842 | 3011 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
1869 | 3012 size_t len; |
842 | 3013 |
3014 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
1159 | 3015 goto theend; |
1869 | 3016 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
3017 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
667 | 3018 if (ptr == NULL) |
842 | 3019 { |
3020 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
1074 | 3021 goto theend; |
842 | 3022 } |
1869 | 3023 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
842 | 3024 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
3025 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
667 | 3026 vim_free(ptr); |
3027 } | |
3028 else | |
703 | 3029 { |
667 | 3030 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
703 | 3031 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
3032 goto theend; | |
3033 } | |
667 | 3034 |
7 | 3035 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
3036 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
703 | 3037 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
7 | 3038 { |
3039 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
3040 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
3041 { | |
3042 count = 1; | |
3043 files = &dict; | |
3044 } | |
3045 else | |
3046 { | |
3047 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
3048 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
3049 * a modeline). */ | |
3050 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
744 | 3051 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3052 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
3053 count = -1; | |
744 | 3054 else |
3055 # endif | |
3056 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
7 | 3057 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
3058 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
3059 count = 0; | |
3060 } | |
3061 | |
744 | 3062 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3063 if (count == -1) |
3064 { | |
712 | 3065 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
3066 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
703 | 3067 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
3068 ptr = pat + 2; | |
3069 else | |
3070 ptr = pat; | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3071 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
703 | 3072 } |
3073 else | |
744 | 3074 # endif |
938 | 3075 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
703 | 3076 { |
3077 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
3078 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
7 | 3079 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
703 | 3080 FreeWild(count, files); |
3081 } | |
3082 if (flags != 0) | |
7 | 3083 break; |
3084 } | |
703 | 3085 |
3086 theend: | |
7 | 3087 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
3088 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
3089 vim_free(buf); | |
3090 } | |
3091 | |
703 | 3092 static void |
3093 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
3094 int count; | |
3095 char_u **files; | |
3096 int thesaurus; | |
3097 int flags; | |
3098 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
3099 char_u *buf; | |
3100 int *dir; | |
3101 { | |
3102 char_u *ptr; | |
3103 int i; | |
3104 FILE *fp; | |
3105 int add_r; | |
3106 | |
3107 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
3108 { | |
3109 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
3110 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
3111 { | |
3112 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
3113 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
1869 | 3114 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
703 | 3115 } |
3116 | |
3117 if (fp != NULL) | |
3118 { | |
3119 /* | |
3120 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
3121 * Check each line for a match. | |
3122 */ | |
3123 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
3124 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
3125 { | |
3126 ptr = buf; | |
3127 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
3128 { | |
3129 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
3130 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
3131 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
3132 else | |
3133 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
3134 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
3135 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
942 | 3136 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
703 | 3137 if (thesaurus) |
3138 { | |
3139 char_u *wstart; | |
3140 | |
3141 /* | |
3142 * Add the other matches on the line | |
3143 */ | |
1353 | 3144 ptr = buf; |
703 | 3145 while (!got_int) |
3146 { | |
3147 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
3148 * space and punctuation. */ | |
3149 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
3150 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
3151 break; | |
3152 wstart = ptr; | |
3153 | |
1353 | 3154 /* Find end of the word. */ |
703 | 3155 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3156 if (has_mbyte) | |
3157 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
3158 * different classes, only separate words | |
3159 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
3160 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3161 { | |
3162 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
3163 | |
3164 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3165 break; | |
3166 ptr += l; | |
3167 } | |
3168 else | |
3169 #endif | |
3170 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
1353 | 3171 |
3172 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
3173 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
3174 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
3175 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
3176 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
703 | 3177 } |
3178 } | |
3179 if (add_r == OK) | |
3180 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3181 *dir = FORWARD; | |
3182 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
3183 break; | |
3184 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
3185 * of line */ | |
3186 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
3187 break; | |
3188 } | |
3189 line_breakcheck(); | |
3190 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
3191 } | |
3192 fclose(fp); | |
3193 } | |
3194 } | |
3195 } | |
3196 | |
7 | 3197 /* |
3198 * Find the start of the next word. | |
3199 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
3200 */ | |
3201 char_u * | |
3202 find_word_start(ptr) | |
3203 char_u *ptr; | |
3204 { | |
3205 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3206 if (has_mbyte) | |
3207 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
474 | 3208 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3209 else |
3210 #endif | |
3211 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3212 ++ptr; | |
3213 return ptr; | |
3214 } | |
3215 | |
3216 /* | |
3217 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
3218 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
3219 */ | |
3220 char_u * | |
3221 find_word_end(ptr) | |
3222 char_u *ptr; | |
3223 { | |
3224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3225 int start_class; | |
3226 | |
3227 if (has_mbyte) | |
3228 { | |
3229 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
3230 if (start_class > 1) | |
3231 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3232 { | |
474 | 3233 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3234 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
3235 break; | |
3236 } | |
3237 } | |
3238 else | |
3239 #endif | |
3240 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3241 ++ptr; | |
3242 return ptr; | |
3243 } | |
3244 | |
3245 /* | |
667 | 3246 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
3247 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
3248 */ | |
3249 static char_u * | |
3250 find_line_end(ptr) | |
3251 char_u *ptr; | |
3252 { | |
3253 char_u *s; | |
3254 | |
3255 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
3256 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
3257 --s; | |
3258 return s; | |
3259 } | |
3260 | |
3261 /* | |
7 | 3262 * Free the list of completions |
3263 */ | |
3264 static void | |
3265 ins_compl_free() | |
3266 { | |
464 | 3267 compl_T *match; |
786 | 3268 int i; |
7 | 3269 |
449 | 3270 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
3271 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3272 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3273 compl_leader = NULL; | |
449 | 3274 |
3275 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
7 | 3276 return; |
540 | 3277 |
3278 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3279 pum_clear(); | |
3280 | |
449 | 3281 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
7 | 3282 do |
3283 { | |
449 | 3284 match = compl_curr_match; |
464 | 3285 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
3286 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
7 | 3287 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
464 | 3288 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
3289 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
786 | 3290 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
3291 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
7 | 3292 vim_free(match); |
449 | 3293 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
3294 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
1927 | 3295 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
7 | 3296 } |
3297 | |
3298 static void | |
3299 ins_compl_clear() | |
3300 { | |
449 | 3301 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3302 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3303 compl_matches = 0; | |
3304 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
3305 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3306 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3307 compl_leader = NULL; | |
7 | 3308 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
724 | 3309 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
3310 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
825 | 3311 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3312 } |
3313 | |
3314 /* | |
674 | 3315 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
3316 */ | |
3317 int | |
3318 ins_compl_active() | |
3319 { | |
3320 return compl_started; | |
3321 } | |
3322 | |
3323 /* | |
659 | 3324 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
3325 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
836 | 3326 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
3327 * to be got from the user. | |
657 | 3328 */ |
3329 static int | |
3330 ins_compl_bs() | |
3331 { | |
3332 char_u *line; | |
3333 char_u *p; | |
3334 | |
836 | 3335 line = ml_get_curline(); |
3336 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3337 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
3338 | |
1430 | 3339 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
3340 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
3341 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
3342 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
3343 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
836 | 3344 return K_BS; |
3345 | |
874 | 3346 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
3347 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
3348 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
3078 | 3349 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
874 | 3350 ins_compl_restart(); |
657 | 3351 |
3352 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
835 | 3353 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
657 | 3354 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
3355 { | |
874 | 3356 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3357 return NUL; | |
3358 } | |
3359 return K_BS; | |
3360 } | |
3361 | |
3362 /* | |
3078 | 3363 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
3364 * be called. | |
3365 */ | |
3366 static int | |
3367 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
3368 { | |
3369 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
3370 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
3371 return compl_was_interrupted | |
3372 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
3373 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
3374 } | |
3375 | |
3376 /* | |
874 | 3377 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
3378 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
3379 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
3380 */ | |
3381 static void | |
3382 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
3383 { | |
3384 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3385 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 3386 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
874 | 3387 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
3388 | |
3389 if (compl_started) | |
3390 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
3391 else | |
3392 { | |
826 | 3393 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
874 | 3394 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
3395 #endif | |
3396 /* | |
3397 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
3398 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
3399 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
3400 */ | |
3401 update_screen(0); | |
3402 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3403 if (gui.in_use) | |
3404 { | |
3405 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
3406 setcursor(); | |
3407 out_flush(); | |
3408 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
3409 } | |
3410 #endif | |
3411 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
3412 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
3413 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3414 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
3415 } | |
3416 | |
887 | 3417 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
874 | 3418 |
3419 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
3420 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
947 | 3421 |
3422 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
3423 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
3424 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
657 | 3425 } |
3426 | |
3427 /* | |
1782 | 3428 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
3429 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
3430 */ | |
3431 static int | |
3432 ins_compl_len() | |
3433 { | |
1869 | 3434 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
1782 | 3435 |
3436 if (off < 0) | |
3437 return 0; | |
3438 return off; | |
3439 } | |
3440 | |
3441 /* | |
657 | 3442 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3443 * matches. | |
3444 */ | |
3445 static void | |
3446 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
3447 int c; | |
3448 { | |
3449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3450 int cc; | |
3451 | |
3452 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
3453 { | |
3454 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
3455 | |
3456 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
3457 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
3458 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
3459 } | |
3460 else | |
3461 #endif | |
3462 ins_char(c); | |
3463 | |
874 | 3464 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
3078 | 3465 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
874 | 3466 ins_compl_restart(); |
3467 | |
657 | 3468 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3469 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
1869 | 3470 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
657 | 3471 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
874 | 3472 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3473 } | |
3474 | |
3475 /* | |
3476 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
3477 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
3478 */ | |
3479 static void | |
3480 ins_compl_restart() | |
3481 { | |
3482 ins_compl_free(); | |
3483 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3484 compl_matches = 0; | |
3485 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3486 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
694 | 3487 } |
3488 | |
3489 /* | |
3490 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
3491 */ | |
3492 static void | |
3493 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
3494 char_u *str; | |
3495 { | |
3496 char_u *p; | |
3497 | |
3498 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
3499 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
3500 { | |
3501 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
3502 if (p != NULL) | |
3503 { | |
3504 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
3505 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
3506 } | |
657 | 3507 } |
3508 } | |
3509 | |
3510 /* | |
659 | 3511 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3512 * matches. | |
3513 */ | |
3514 static void | |
3515 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
3516 { | |
3517 char_u *p; | |
1869 | 3518 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
659 | 3519 int c; |
887 | 3520 compl_T *cp; |
659 | 3521 |
3522 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
677 | 3523 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
887 | 3524 { |
3525 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
3526 * the leader. */ | |
3527 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
3528 { | |
3529 p = NULL; | |
3530 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
3531 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
3532 { | |
987 | 3533 if (compl_leader == NULL |
3534 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
887 | 3535 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
3536 { | |
3537 p = cp->cp_str; | |
3538 break; | |
3539 } | |
3540 } | |
3541 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
3542 return; | |
3543 } | |
3544 else | |
3545 return; | |
3546 } | |
659 | 3547 p += len; |
2845 | 3548 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
659 | 3549 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
3550 } | |
3551 | |
3552 /* | |
7 | 3553 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
464 | 3554 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
540 | 3555 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
7 | 3556 */ |
540 | 3557 static int |
7 | 3558 ins_compl_prep(c) |
3559 int c; | |
3560 { | |
3561 char_u *ptr; | |
3562 int want_cindent; | |
540 | 3563 int retval = FALSE; |
7 | 3564 |
3565 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
3566 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
3567 */ | |
3568 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3569 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
3570 | |
1434 | 3571 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3572 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3573 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
540 | 3574 return retval; |
7 | 3575 |
665 | 3576 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
3577 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
3578 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
3579 { | |
3580 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
3581 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
3582 } | |
3583 | |
7 | 3584 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
3585 { | |
3586 /* | |
3587 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
3588 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
3589 */ | |
3590 switch (c) | |
3591 { | |
3592 case Ctrl_E: | |
3593 case Ctrl_Y: | |
3594 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
3595 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
3596 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3597 else | |
3598 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3599 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
3600 showmode(); | |
3601 break; | |
3602 case Ctrl_L: | |
3603 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
3604 break; | |
3605 case Ctrl_F: | |
3606 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
3607 break; | |
3608 case Ctrl_K: | |
3609 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3610 break; | |
3611 case Ctrl_R: | |
3612 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
3613 break; | |
3614 case Ctrl_T: | |
3615 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
3616 break; | |
12 | 3617 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
3618 case Ctrl_U: | |
3619 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
3620 break; | |
449 | 3621 case Ctrl_O: |
523 | 3622 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
449 | 3623 break; |
502 | 3624 #endif |
477 | 3625 case 's': |
3626 case Ctrl_S: | |
3627 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
744 | 3628 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
819 | 3629 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
484 | 3630 spell_back_to_badword(); |
819 | 3631 --emsg_off; |
484 | 3632 #endif |
477 | 3633 break; |
7 | 3634 case Ctrl_RSB: |
3635 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
3636 break; | |
3637 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
3638 case Ctrl_I: | |
3639 case K_S_TAB: | |
3640 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
3641 break; | |
3642 case Ctrl_D: | |
3643 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
3644 break; | |
3645 #endif | |
3646 case Ctrl_V: | |
3647 case Ctrl_Q: | |
3648 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
3649 break; | |
3650 case Ctrl_P: | |
3651 case Ctrl_N: | |
3652 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
3653 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
3654 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
3655 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
3656 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
3657 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
3658 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 3659 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
3660 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
3661 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
3662 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 3663 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
3664 default: | |
449 | 3665 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
3666 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
3667 * mode). | |
3668 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
3669 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
3670 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
3671 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
3672 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
3673 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
3674 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
7 | 3675 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
3676 { | |
449 | 3677 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
3678 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
7 | 3679 else |
449 | 3680 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
7 | 3681 } |
3682 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3683 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3684 showmode(); | |
3685 break; | |
3686 } | |
3687 } | |
3688 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
3689 { | |
3690 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
3691 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3692 { | |
3693 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
3694 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3695 else | |
3696 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
3697 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3698 } | |
3699 showmode(); | |
3700 } | |
3701 | |
449 | 3702 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
7 | 3703 { |
3704 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
3705 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
449 | 3706 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
7 | 3707 showmode(); |
644 | 3708 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
3709 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
7 | 3710 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
3711 { | |
3712 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
3713 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
449 | 3714 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
836 | 3715 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 3716 { |
3717 /* | |
836 | 3718 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
3719 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
3720 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
3721 * of the original text that has changed. | |
3722 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
3723 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
7 | 3724 */ |
836 | 3725 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
3726 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
3727 else | |
3095 | 3728 ptr = NULL; |
3729 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
7 | 3730 } |
3731 | |
3732 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3733 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
3734 #endif | |
3735 /* | |
3736 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
3737 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
3738 */ | |
449 | 3739 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
7 | 3740 { |
3741 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3742 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
3743 if (want_cindent) | |
3744 { | |
3745 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3746 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
3747 } | |
3748 #endif | |
3749 } | |
3750 else | |
3751 { | |
1073 | 3752 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
3753 | |
7 | 3754 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
1073 | 3755 if (prev_col > 0) |
3756 dec_cursor(); | |
7 | 3757 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
3758 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
1073 | 3759 if (prev_col > 0 |
3760 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
3761 inc_cursor(); | |
7 | 3762 } |
3763 | |
816 | 3764 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
825 | 3765 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
3766 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
3767 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
3768 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
3769 && pum_visible()) | |
540 | 3770 retval = TRUE; |
3771 | |
816 | 3772 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
3773 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
3774 { | |
3775 ins_compl_delete(); | |
3776 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
1782 | 3777 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3778 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
1782 | 3779 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3780 retval = TRUE; |
3781 } | |
3782 | |
1698 | 3783 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
3784 | |
7 | 3785 ins_compl_free(); |
449 | 3786 compl_started = FALSE; |
3787 compl_matches = 0; | |
7 | 3788 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
3789 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
825 | 3790 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3791 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
3792 { | |
3793 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3794 showmode(); | |
3795 } | |
3796 | |
3797 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3798 /* | |
3799 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
3800 */ | |
3801 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
3802 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3803 #endif | |
3804 } | |
3805 } | |
3806 | |
3807 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
3808 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
3809 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3810 { | |
449 | 3811 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3812 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
7 | 3813 } |
540 | 3814 |
3815 return retval; | |
7 | 3816 } |
3817 | |
3818 /* | |
3095 | 3819 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
3820 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
3821 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
3822 */ | |
3823 static void | |
3824 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
3825 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
3826 { | |
3827 int len; | |
3828 char_u *p; | |
3829 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
3830 | |
3831 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3832 { | |
3833 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
3834 ptr = compl_leader; | |
3835 else | |
3836 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
3837 } | |
3838 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
3839 { | |
3840 p = compl_orig_text; | |
3841 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
3842 ; | |
3843 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3844 if (len > 0) | |
3845 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
3846 #endif | |
3847 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
3848 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
3849 } | |
3850 else | |
3851 len = 0; | |
3852 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3853 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
3854 } | |
3855 | |
3856 /* | |
7 | 3857 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
3858 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
3859 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
3860 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
3861 * | |
3862 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
3863 */ | |
3864 static buf_T * | |
3865 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
3866 buf_T *buf; | |
3867 int flag; | |
3868 { | |
3869 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3870 static win_T *wp; | |
3871 #endif | |
3872 | |
3873 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
3874 { | |
3875 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3876 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
3877 wp = curwin; | |
383 | 3878 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
7 | 3879 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
3880 ; | |
3881 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
3882 #else | |
3883 buf = curbuf; | |
3884 #endif | |
3885 } | |
3886 else | |
3887 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
3888 * (unlisted buffers) | |
3889 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
383 | 3890 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
7 | 3891 && ((flag == 'U' |
3892 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
3893 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
3894 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
667 | 3895 || buf->b_scanned)) |
7 | 3896 ; |
3897 return buf; | |
3898 } | |
3899 | |
12 | 3900 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
659 | 3901 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
12 | 3902 |
3903 /* | |
523 | 3904 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
502 | 3905 * get matches in "matches". |
12 | 3906 */ |
659 | 3907 static void |
3908 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
523 | 3909 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
12 | 3910 char_u *base; |
3911 { | |
3078 | 3912 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
3913 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
502 | 3914 char_u *args[2]; |
3915 char_u *funcname; | |
3916 pos_T pos; | |
2631 | 3917 win_T *curwin_save; |
3918 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
3078 | 3919 typval_T rettv; |
502 | 3920 |
3921 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
3922 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
659 | 3923 return; |
452 | 3924 |
3925 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
3926 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
502 | 3927 args[1] = base; |
3928 | |
3929 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2631 | 3930 curwin_save = curwin; |
3931 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
3078 | 3932 |
3933 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
3934 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) | |
3935 { | |
3936 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
3937 { | |
3938 case VAR_LIST: | |
3939 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
3940 break; | |
3941 case VAR_DICT: | |
3942 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
3943 break; | |
3944 default: | |
3945 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
3946 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
3947 break; | |
3948 } | |
3949 } | |
3950 | |
2631 | 3951 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
3952 { | |
3953 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
3954 goto theend; | |
3955 } | |
502 | 3956 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
2631 | 3957 check_cursor(); |
3958 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
3959 { | |
3960 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
3961 goto theend; | |
3962 } | |
3078 | 3963 |
2631 | 3964 if (matchlist != NULL) |
3965 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
3078 | 3966 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
3967 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
2631 | 3968 |
3969 theend: | |
3078 | 3970 if (matchdict != NULL) |
3971 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
2631 | 3972 if (matchlist != NULL) |
3973 list_unref(matchlist); | |
724 | 3974 } |
3975 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
3976 | |
786 | 3977 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 3978 /* |
3979 * Add completions from a list. | |
3980 */ | |
3981 static void | |
3982 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
3983 list_T *list; | |
3984 { | |
3985 listitem_T *li; | |
3986 int dir = compl_direction; | |
3987 | |
659 | 3988 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
724 | 3989 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
452 | 3990 { |
786 | 3991 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
3992 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3993 dir = FORWARD; | |
648 | 3994 else if (did_emsg) |
3995 break; | |
452 | 3996 } |
724 | 3997 } |
786 | 3998 |
3999 /* | |
3078 | 4000 * Add completions from a dict. |
4001 */ | |
4002 static void | |
4003 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
4004 dict_T *dict; | |
4005 { | |
4006 dictitem_T *refresh; | |
4007 dictitem_T *words; | |
4008 | |
4009 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
4010 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
4011 refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); | |
4012 if (refresh != NULL && refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
4013 { | |
4014 char_u *v = refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
4015 | |
4016 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
4017 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
4018 } | |
4019 | |
4020 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
4021 words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); | |
4022 if (words != NULL && words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
4023 ins_compl_add_list(words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
4024 } | |
4025 | |
4026 /* | |
786 | 4027 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
4028 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
4029 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
4030 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
4031 */ | |
4032 int | |
4033 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
4034 typval_T *tv; | |
4035 int dir; | |
4036 { | |
4037 char_u *word; | |
867 | 4038 int icase = FALSE; |
944 | 4039 int adup = FALSE; |
2632 | 4040 int aempty = FALSE; |
786 | 4041 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
4042 | |
4043 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
4044 { | |
4045 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
4046 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
4047 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
4048 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
4049 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
4050 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
4051 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
4052 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
4053 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
4054 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
4055 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
841 | 4056 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
944 | 4057 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
2632 | 4058 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
4059 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
786 | 4060 } |
4061 else | |
4062 { | |
4063 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
4064 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
4065 } | |
2632 | 4066 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
786 | 4067 return FAIL; |
944 | 4068 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
786 | 4069 } |
724 | 4070 #endif |
12 | 4071 |
449 | 4072 /* |
4073 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
659 | 4074 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
4075 * compl_direction. | |
667 | 4076 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
4077 * where we stopped searching before. | |
449 | 4078 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
4079 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
7 | 4080 */ |
4081 static int | |
659 | 4082 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
7 | 4083 pos_T *ini; |
4084 { | |
4085 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
4086 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
4087 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
449 | 4088 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
4089 certain type. */ | |
4090 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
7 | 4091 |
464 | 4092 pos_T *pos; |
4093 char_u **matches; | |
4094 int save_p_scs; | |
4095 int save_p_ws; | |
4096 int save_p_ic; | |
4097 int i; | |
4098 int num_matches; | |
4099 int len; | |
4100 int found_new_match; | |
4101 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
4102 char_u *ptr; | |
4103 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
4104 int dict_f = 0; | |
4105 compl_T *old_match; | |
7 | 4106 |
449 | 4107 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4108 { |
4109 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
4110 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
4111 found_all = FALSE; | |
4112 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
449 | 4113 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
12 | 4114 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
7 | 4115 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
4116 } | |
4117 | |
449 | 4118 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
659 | 4119 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
7 | 4120 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
4121 for (;;) | |
4122 { | |
4123 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4124 | |
449 | 4125 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
7 | 4126 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
4127 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
4128 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4129 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
7 | 4130 { |
4131 found_all = FALSE; | |
4132 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
4133 e_cpt++; | |
4134 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
4135 { | |
4136 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
4137 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
4138 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
4139 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
4140 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
4141 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
4142 type = 0; | |
4143 } | |
4144 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
4145 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
4146 { | |
4147 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
4148 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
4149 { | |
449 | 4150 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4151 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
4152 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
4153 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
4154 type = 0; | |
4155 } | |
4156 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
4157 { | |
4158 found_all = TRUE; | |
4159 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
4160 continue; | |
4161 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
4162 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
4163 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
4164 } | |
274 | 4165 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
7 | 4166 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
4167 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
4168 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
4169 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
4170 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
1869 | 4171 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4172 } |
4173 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
4174 break; | |
4175 else | |
4176 { | |
4177 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4178 type = -1; | |
4179 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
4180 { | |
4181 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
4182 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
4183 else | |
4184 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
4185 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
4186 { | |
4187 dict = e_cpt; | |
4188 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
4189 } | |
4190 } | |
4191 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4192 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
4193 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
4194 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
4195 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
4196 #endif | |
4197 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
4198 { | |
4199 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
1872 | 4200 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
1869 | 4201 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4202 } |
4203 else | |
4204 type = -1; | |
4205 | |
4206 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
4207 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
4208 | |
4209 found_all = TRUE; | |
4210 if (type == -1) | |
4211 continue; | |
4212 } | |
4213 } | |
4214 | |
4215 switch (type) | |
4216 { | |
4217 case -1: | |
4218 break; | |
4219 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4220 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
4221 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
659 | 4222 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
449 | 4223 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
7 | 4224 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
449 | 4225 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4226 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
4227 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
4228 break; | |
4229 #endif | |
4230 | |
4231 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
4232 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
4233 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
703 | 4234 dict != NULL ? dict |
7 | 4235 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
4236 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
4237 ? p_tsr | |
4238 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
4239 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
4240 ? p_dict | |
4241 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
659 | 4242 compl_pattern, |
703 | 4243 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
4244 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
7 | 4245 dict = NULL; |
4246 break; | |
4247 | |
4248 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
4249 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
4250 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
449 | 4251 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
7 | 4252 |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4253 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
449 | 4254 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
4255 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
7 | 4256 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
4257 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
4258 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
4259 { | |
942 | 4260 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
7 | 4261 } |
4262 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
4263 break; | |
4264 | |
4265 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
449 | 4266 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
7 | 4267 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
4268 { | |
4269 | |
4270 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
449 | 4271 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
681 | 4272 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
4273 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
4274 TRUE | |
4275 #else | |
4276 FALSE | |
4277 #endif | |
4278 ); | |
7 | 4279 } |
4280 break; | |
4281 | |
4282 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
449 | 4283 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4284 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
7 | 4285 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
681 | 4286 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
7 | 4287 break; |
4288 | |
12 | 4289 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
4290 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
523 | 4291 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
659 | 4292 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
12 | 4293 break; |
4294 #endif | |
4295 | |
477 | 4296 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
744 | 4297 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
477 | 4298 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
1872 | 4299 compl_pattern, &matches); |
477 | 4300 if (num_matches > 0) |
942 | 4301 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
477 | 4302 #endif |
4303 break; | |
4304 | |
7 | 4305 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
4306 /* | |
4307 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
4308 */ | |
4309 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
4310 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
4311 p_scs = FALSE; | |
449 | 4312 |
7 | 4313 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
4314 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
4315 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
4316 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
4317 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
4318 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
4319 p_ws = FALSE; | |
4320 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
4321 p_ws = TRUE; | |
4322 for (;;) | |
4323 { | |
464 | 4324 int flags = 0; |
7 | 4325 |
1007 | 4326 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
4327 | |
540 | 4328 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
4329 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
7 | 4330 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
449 | 4331 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4332 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
659 | 4333 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
7 | 4334 else |
659 | 4335 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
4336 compl_direction, | |
449 | 4337 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
1496 | 4338 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
1007 | 4339 --msg_silent; |
449 | 4340 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4341 { |
667 | 4342 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
449 | 4343 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4344 first_match_pos = *pos; |
4345 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
4346 } | |
4347 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
665 | 4348 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
7 | 4349 found_new_match = FAIL; |
4350 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
4351 { | |
4352 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
4353 found_all = TRUE; | |
4354 break; | |
4355 } | |
4356 | |
4357 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
449 | 4358 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
7 | 4359 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
4360 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
4361 continue; | |
4362 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
4363 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4364 { | |
449 | 4365 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4366 { |
4367 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4368 continue; | |
4369 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4370 if (!p_paste) | |
4371 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4372 } | |
4373 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
4374 } | |
4375 else | |
4376 { | |
449 | 4377 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
4378 | |
4379 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 4380 { |
449 | 4381 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
7 | 4382 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
4383 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
4384 continue; | |
4385 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4386 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4387 } | |
4388 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
4389 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4390 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4391 | |
449 | 4392 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
4393 && len == compl_length) | |
7 | 4394 { |
4395 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4396 { | |
4397 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
4398 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
4399 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
449 | 4400 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
7 | 4401 * works -- Acevedo */ |
4402 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
4403 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4404 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4405 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4406 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4407 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
4408 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4409 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
4410 { | |
419 | 4411 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
7 | 4412 { |
419 | 4413 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
7 | 4414 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4415 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
4416 if (p_js | |
419 | 4417 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
7 | 4418 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
4419 == NULL | |
419 | 4420 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
4421 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
7 | 4422 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4423 } | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4424 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
7 | 4425 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
4426 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
4427 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4428 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
464 | 4429 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 4430 } |
4431 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
4432 ptr = IObuff; | |
4433 } | |
449 | 4434 if (len == compl_length) |
7 | 4435 continue; |
4436 } | |
4437 } | |
942 | 4438 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
540 | 4439 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
659 | 4440 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
7 | 4441 { |
4442 found_new_match = OK; | |
4443 break; | |
4444 } | |
4445 } | |
4446 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
4447 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
4448 } | |
540 | 4449 |
449 | 4450 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
1796 | 4451 * expansion added something) */ |
540 | 4452 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
7 | 4453 found_new_match = OK; |
4454 | |
4455 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
4456 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
4457 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4458 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
540 | 4459 { |
4460 if (got_int) | |
4461 break; | |
665 | 4462 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
989 | 4463 if (type != -1) |
540 | 4464 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
665 | 4465 |
540 | 4466 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
4467 || compl_interrupted) | |
4468 break; | |
4469 compl_started = TRUE; | |
4470 } | |
4471 else | |
4472 { | |
4473 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
4474 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
4475 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
4476 | |
4477 compl_started = FALSE; | |
4478 } | |
449 | 4479 } |
4480 compl_started = TRUE; | |
7 | 4481 |
4482 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4483 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
4484 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4485 | |
4486 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
4487 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
4488 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
4489 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
4490 | |
4491 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
449 | 4492 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
4493 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
724 | 4494 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
4495 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
449 | 4496 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
4497 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
7 | 4498 return i; |
4499 } | |
4500 | |
4501 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
4502 static void | |
4503 ins_compl_delete() | |
4504 { | |
4505 int i; | |
4506 | |
4507 /* | |
4508 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
4509 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
4510 */ | |
449 | 4511 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
7 | 4512 backspace_until_column(i); |
4513 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
4514 } | |
4515 | |
4516 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
4517 static void | |
4518 ins_compl_insert() | |
4519 { | |
1782 | 4520 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
683 | 4521 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
4522 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
4523 else | |
4524 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
7 | 4525 } |
4526 | |
4527 /* | |
4528 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
464 | 4529 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
4530 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
4531 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
4532 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
4533 * through the ones found so far. | |
7 | 4534 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
4535 * | |
449 | 4536 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
4537 * compl_shown_match here. | |
7 | 4538 * |
4539 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
464 | 4540 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
4541 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
7 | 4542 */ |
4543 static int | |
665 | 4544 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
7 | 4545 int allow_get_expansion; |
610 | 4546 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
4547 be at least 1 */ | |
665 | 4548 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
7 | 4549 { |
4550 int num_matches = -1; | |
4551 int i; | |
610 | 4552 int todo = count; |
657 | 4553 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
4554 int found_end = FALSE; | |
836 | 4555 int advance; |
7 | 4556 |
665 | 4557 if (compl_leader != NULL |
4558 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
4559 { | |
4560 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
4561 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
681 | 4562 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4563 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
665 | 4564 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
4565 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
4566 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
887 | 4567 |
4568 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
4569 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
4570 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4571 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4572 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4573 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
4574 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
4575 { | |
4576 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4577 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4578 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
4579 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
4580 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4581 } | |
665 | 4582 } |
4583 | |
4584 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
874 | 4585 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
7 | 4586 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
4587 ins_compl_delete(); | |
665 | 4588 |
836 | 4589 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
4590 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
4591 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
4592 | |
874 | 4593 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
4594 if (compl_restarting) | |
4595 { | |
4596 advance = FALSE; | |
4597 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
4598 } | |
4599 | |
610 | 4600 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
4601 * around. */ | |
4602 while (--todo >= 0) | |
4603 { | |
4604 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4605 { | |
4606 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
657 | 4607 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
4608 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
4609 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
610 | 4610 } |
4611 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4612 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4613 { | |
657 | 4614 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
610 | 4615 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
657 | 4616 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
7 | 4617 } |
4618 else | |
610 | 4619 { |
909 | 4620 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
4621 { | |
4622 if (advance) | |
4623 { | |
4624 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4625 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
4626 else | |
4627 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
4628 } | |
4629 return -1; | |
4630 } | |
4631 | |
836 | 4632 if (advance) |
4633 { | |
4634 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4635 --compl_pending; | |
4636 else | |
4637 ++compl_pending; | |
4638 } | |
657 | 4639 |
874 | 4640 /* Find matches. */ |
659 | 4641 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
909 | 4642 |
4643 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
4644 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
836 | 4645 && advance) |
909 | 4646 { |
4647 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4648 { | |
4649 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
4650 --compl_pending; | |
4651 } | |
4652 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4653 { | |
4654 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4655 ++compl_pending; | |
4656 } | |
4657 else | |
4658 break; | |
4659 } | |
657 | 4660 found_end = FALSE; |
4661 } | |
4662 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
4663 && compl_leader != NULL | |
681 | 4664 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4665 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
657 | 4666 ++todo; |
4667 else | |
4668 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
4669 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
4670 | |
4671 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
4672 if (found_end) | |
4673 { | |
4674 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
610 | 4675 { |
657 | 4676 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
4677 break; | |
610 | 4678 } |
657 | 4679 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
610 | 4680 } |
7 | 4681 } |
4682 | |
665 | 4683 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
4684 if (insert_match) | |
4685 { | |
4686 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
4687 ins_compl_insert(); | |
4688 else | |
1782 | 4689 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 4690 } |
4691 else | |
4692 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
7 | 4693 |
4694 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
4695 { | |
540 | 4696 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
4697 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
4698 | |
665 | 4699 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
4700 update_screen(0); | |
4701 | |
540 | 4702 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
4703 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
864 | 4704 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
4705 if (gui.in_use) | |
4706 { | |
4707 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
4708 setcursor(); | |
4709 out_flush(); | |
4710 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
4711 } | |
4712 #endif | |
540 | 4713 |
7 | 4714 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
4715 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
4716 ins_compl_delete(); | |
4717 } | |
4718 | |
825 | 4719 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
1219 | 4720 * menu is visible. */ |
825 | 4721 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
4722 | |
7 | 4723 /* |
4724 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
4725 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
4726 */ | |
464 | 4727 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
7 | 4728 { |
4729 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
464 | 4730 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
7 | 4731 if (i <= 0) |
4732 i = 0; | |
4733 else | |
4734 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
464 | 4735 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
7 | 4736 msg(IObuff); |
4737 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
4738 } | |
4739 | |
4740 return num_matches; | |
4741 } | |
4742 | |
4743 /* | |
4744 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
4745 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
716 | 4746 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
7 | 4747 * possible. -- webb |
464 | 4748 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
7 | 4749 */ |
4750 void | |
464 | 4751 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
4752 int frequency; | |
7 | 4753 { |
4754 static int count = 0; | |
4755 | |
4756 int c; | |
4757 | |
4758 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
4759 * scripts */ | |
4760 if (using_script()) | |
4761 return; | |
4762 | |
4763 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
464 | 4764 if (++count < frequency) |
7 | 4765 return; |
4766 count = 0; | |
4767 | |
909 | 4768 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
4769 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
7 | 4770 c = vpeekc_any(); |
4771 if (c != NUL) | |
4772 { | |
4773 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
4774 { | |
4775 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
610 | 4776 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
665 | 4777 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
4778 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
7 | 4779 } |
909 | 4780 else |
4781 { | |
4782 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
1526 | 4783 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
909 | 4784 c = safe_vgetc(); |
1526 | 4785 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
4786 { | |
4787 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
4788 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
4789 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
4790 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
4791 | |
4792 vungetc(c); | |
4793 } | |
909 | 4794 } |
449 | 4795 } |
716 | 4796 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
909 | 4797 { |
4798 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
4799 | |
4800 compl_pending = 0; | |
4801 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
4802 } | |
610 | 4803 } |
4804 | |
4805 /* | |
4806 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
4807 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
4808 */ | |
4809 static int | |
4810 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
4811 int c; | |
4812 { | |
665 | 4813 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
4814 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
4815 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
610 | 4816 return BACKWARD; |
4817 return FORWARD; | |
4818 } | |
4819 | |
4820 /* | |
644 | 4821 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
4822 * is visible. | |
4823 */ | |
4824 static int | |
4825 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
4826 int c; | |
4827 { | |
4828 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
665 | 4829 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
4830 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
644 | 4831 } |
4832 | |
4833 /* | |
610 | 4834 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
4835 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
4836 */ | |
4837 static int | |
4838 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
4839 int c; | |
4840 { | |
4841 int h; | |
4842 | |
665 | 4843 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
610 | 4844 { |
4845 h = pum_get_height(); | |
4846 if (h > 3) | |
4847 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
4848 return h; | |
4849 } | |
4850 return 1; | |
7 | 4851 } |
4852 | |
4853 /* | |
681 | 4854 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
4855 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
4856 */ | |
4857 static int | |
4858 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
4859 int c; | |
4860 { | |
4861 switch (c) | |
4862 { | |
4863 case K_UP: | |
4864 case K_DOWN: | |
4865 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
4866 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
4867 case K_S_DOWN: | |
4868 case K_PAGEUP: | |
4869 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
4870 case K_S_UP: | |
4871 return FALSE; | |
4872 } | |
4873 return TRUE; | |
4874 } | |
4875 | |
4876 /* | |
7 | 4877 * Do Insert mode completion. |
4878 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
4879 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
4880 */ | |
4881 static int | |
4882 ins_complete(c) | |
449 | 4883 int c; |
7 | 4884 { |
449 | 4885 char_u *line; |
4886 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
4887 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
4888 int n; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4889 int save_w_wrow; |
7 | 4890 |
610 | 4891 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
449 | 4892 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4893 { |
4894 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
4895 | |
4896 did_ai = FALSE; | |
4897 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
4898 did_si = FALSE; | |
4899 can_si = FALSE; | |
4900 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
4901 #endif | |
4902 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
4903 return FAIL; | |
4904 | |
4905 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
449 | 4906 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
716 | 4907 compl_pending = 0; |
7 | 4908 |
1430 | 4909 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
449 | 4910 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
4911 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
1430 | 4912 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
4913 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
4914 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
4915 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
665 | 4916 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
4917 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
7 | 4918 { |
4919 /* | |
4920 * it is a continued search | |
4921 */ | |
449 | 4922 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
7 | 4923 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
4924 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
4925 { | |
449 | 4926 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
7 | 4927 { |
449 | 4928 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
4929 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
4930 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
4931 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
4932 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
4933 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
4934 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4935 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
7 | 4936 } |
4937 else | |
4938 { | |
4939 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
4940 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
449 | 4941 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
4942 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
7 | 4943 { |
449 | 4944 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
4945 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
4946 line + compl_length | |
4947 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
7 | 4948 } |
449 | 4949 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
7 | 4950 } |
449 | 4951 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
502 | 4952 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
1796 | 4953 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
7 | 4954 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
449 | 4955 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
7 | 4956 { |
449 | 4957 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
4958 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
4959 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
7 | 4960 } |
449 | 4961 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
4962 if (compl_length < 1) | |
4963 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 4964 } |
4965 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4966 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
7 | 4967 else |
449 | 4968 compl_cont_status = 0; |
7 | 4969 } |
4970 else | |
449 | 4971 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
4972 | |
4973 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
4974 { | |
4975 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
7 | 4976 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
449 | 4977 compl_cont_status = 0; |
4978 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
4979 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4980 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
4981 compl_col = 0; | |
7 | 4982 } |
4983 | |
4984 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
4985 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
4986 { | |
449 | 4987 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
7 | 4988 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
4989 { | |
449 | 4990 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
7 | 4991 { |
449 | 4992 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4993 ; |
449 | 4994 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4995 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
7 | 4996 } |
4997 if (p_ic) | |
449 | 4998 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
4999 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
7 | 5000 else |
449 | 5001 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
5002 compl_length); | |
5003 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5004 return FAIL; |
5005 } | |
449 | 5006 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 5007 { |
5008 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
5009 | |
1872 | 5010 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
449 | 5011 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 5012 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 5013 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 5014 return FAIL; |
449 | 5015 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
5016 || (compl_col > 0 | |
7 | 5017 && ( |
5018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
449 | 5019 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
7 | 5020 #else |
449 | 5021 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
7 | 5022 #endif |
5023 ))) | |
5024 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
449 | 5025 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
5026 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
5027 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
7 | 5028 } |
449 | 5029 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
7 | 5030 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
449 | 5031 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
7 | 5032 #else |
449 | 5033 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
7 | 5034 #endif |
5035 ) | |
5036 { | |
5037 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
449 | 5038 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
5039 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5040 return FAIL; |
449 | 5041 compl_col += curs_col; |
5042 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 5043 } |
5044 else | |
5045 { | |
5046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5047 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
5048 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
5049 if (has_mbyte) | |
5050 { | |
5051 int base_class; | |
5052 int head_off; | |
5053 | |
449 | 5054 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
5055 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
5056 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
7 | 5057 { |
449 | 5058 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
5059 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
5060 - head_off)) | |
7 | 5061 break; |
449 | 5062 startcol -= head_off; |
7 | 5063 } |
5064 } | |
5065 else | |
5066 #endif | |
449 | 5067 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 5068 ; |
449 | 5069 compl_col += ++startcol; |
5070 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
5071 if (compl_length == 1) | |
7 | 5072 { |
5073 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
5074 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
5075 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
5076 */ | |
449 | 5077 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
5078 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5079 return FAIL; |
449 | 5080 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
5081 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
5082 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
7 | 5083 } |
5084 else | |
5085 { | |
449 | 5086 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 5087 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 5088 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 5089 return FAIL; |
449 | 5090 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
5091 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
5092 compl_length); | |
7 | 5093 } |
5094 } | |
5095 } | |
5096 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5097 { | |
835 | 5098 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
449 | 5099 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
5100 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
5101 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 5102 if (p_ic) |
449 | 5103 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
5104 NULL, 0); | |
7 | 5105 else |
449 | 5106 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5107 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5108 return FAIL; |
5109 } | |
5110 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
5111 { | |
449 | 5112 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
7 | 5113 ; |
449 | 5114 compl_col += ++startcol; |
5115 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
5116 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
5117 EXPAND_FILES); | |
5118 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5119 return FAIL; |
5120 } | |
5121 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
5122 { | |
449 | 5123 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
5124 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5125 return FAIL; |
449 | 5126 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
5127 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
5128 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
5129 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
935 | 5130 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
5131 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
897 | 5132 compl_col = curs_col; |
5133 else | |
935 | 5134 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
5135 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
7 | 5136 } |
523 | 5137 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
502 | 5138 { |
12 | 5139 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
5140 /* | |
502 | 5141 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
5142 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
12 | 5143 */ |
502 | 5144 char_u *args[2]; |
452 | 5145 int col; |
502 | 5146 char_u *funcname; |
5147 pos_T pos; | |
2631 | 5148 win_T *curwin_save; |
5149 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
502 | 5150 |
523 | 5151 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
502 | 5152 * string */ |
5153 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
5154 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
5155 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
523 | 5156 { |
5157 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
5158 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
12 | 5159 return FAIL; |
523 | 5160 } |
452 | 5161 |
5162 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
502 | 5163 args[1] = NULL; |
5164 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2631 | 5165 curwin_save = curwin; |
5166 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
502 | 5167 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
2631 | 5168 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
5169 { | |
5170 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
5171 return FAIL; | |
5172 } | |
502 | 5173 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
2631 | 5174 check_cursor(); |
5175 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
5176 { | |
5177 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
5178 return FAIL; | |
5179 } | |
502 | 5180 |
3078 | 5181 /* |
5182 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
5183 * completion. | |
5184 */ | |
5185 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
5186 | |
452 | 5187 if (col < 0) |
523 | 5188 col = curs_col; |
452 | 5189 compl_col = col; |
1872 | 5190 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
452 | 5191 compl_col = curs_col; |
449 | 5192 |
5193 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
5194 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
5195 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
452 | 5196 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
449 | 5197 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5198 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
502 | 5199 #endif |
449 | 5200 return FAIL; |
5201 } | |
477 | 5202 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
5203 { | |
744 | 5204 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
497 | 5205 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
5206 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
5207 else | |
5208 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
5209 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
897 | 5210 { |
5211 compl_length = 0; | |
5212 compl_col = curs_col; | |
5213 } | |
5214 else | |
5215 { | |
5216 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
5217 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
5218 } | |
818 | 5219 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
5220 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
477 | 5221 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5222 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
5223 #endif | |
5224 return FAIL; | |
5225 } | |
449 | 5226 else |
5227 { | |
5228 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
5229 return FAIL; | |
5230 } | |
5231 | |
5232 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5233 { |
5234 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
5235 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5236 { | |
5237 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
5238 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5239 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
5240 | |
5241 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
5242 #endif | |
449 | 5243 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
5244 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
7 | 5245 ins_eol('\r'); |
5246 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5247 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
5248 #endif | |
449 | 5249 compl_length = 0; |
5250 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7 | 5251 } |
5252 } | |
5253 else | |
5254 { | |
5255 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
449 | 5256 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
5257 } | |
5258 | |
5259 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
5260 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
7 | 5261 else |
5262 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
5263 | |
3095 | 5264 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
5265 * the redo buffer. */ | |
5266 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
5267 | |
694 | 5268 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
5269 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
449 | 5270 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5271 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 5272 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
449 | 5273 { |
5274 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
5275 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
5276 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
5277 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
7 | 5278 return FAIL; |
5279 } | |
5280 | |
5281 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
5282 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
5283 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
5284 */ | |
5285 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
5286 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5287 showmode(); | |
5288 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
5289 out_flush(); | |
5290 } | |
5291 | |
449 | 5292 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
5293 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
7 | 5294 |
5295 /* | |
665 | 5296 * Find next match (and following matches). |
7 | 5297 */ |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5298 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
681 | 5299 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
449 | 5300 |
540 | 5301 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
5302 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
5303 | |
449 | 5304 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
5305 compl_matches = n; | |
5306 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
5307 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
857 | 5308 |
5309 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
5310 * mode. */ | |
7 | 5311 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
5312 { | |
5313 (void)vgetc(); | |
5314 got_int = FALSE; | |
5315 } | |
5316 | |
449 | 5317 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
464 | 5318 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
449 | 5319 { |
5320 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
5321 && compl_length > 1 | |
7 | 5322 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
5323 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
5324 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
5325 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
5326 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
5327 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 5328 if ( compl_length > 1 |
5329 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5330 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
5331 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
5332 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
449 | 5333 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
5334 } | |
5335 | |
464 | 5336 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
449 | 5337 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5338 else |
449 | 5339 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5340 |
5341 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
5342 { | |
464 | 5343 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
7 | 5344 { |
5345 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
5346 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
5347 } | |
449 | 5348 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
7 | 5349 { |
5350 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
5351 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5352 } | |
464 | 5353 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
7 | 5354 { |
5355 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
5356 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5357 } | |
5358 else | |
5359 { | |
5360 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
464 | 5361 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
7 | 5362 { |
464 | 5363 int number = 0; |
5364 compl_T *match; | |
7 | 5365 |
449 | 5366 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
7 | 5367 { |
5368 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
5369 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
5370 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5371 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
5372 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5373 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5374 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5375 { |
464 | 5376 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5377 break; |
5378 } | |
5379 if (match != NULL) | |
5380 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
5381 * yet */ | |
540 | 5382 for (match = match->cp_next; |
5383 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
464 | 5384 match = match->cp_next) |
5385 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5386 } |
5387 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
5388 { | |
5389 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
5390 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
5391 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5392 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
5393 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5394 match = match->cp_next) | |
5395 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5396 { |
464 | 5397 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5398 break; |
5399 } | |
5400 if (match != NULL) | |
5401 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
5402 * assigned yet */ | |
464 | 5403 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
5404 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
5405 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5406 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5407 } |
5408 } | |
5409 | |
540 | 5410 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
5411 * just a safety check. */ | |
464 | 5412 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
7 | 5413 { |
1063 | 5414 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
5415 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
5416 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
7 | 5417 |
449 | 5418 if (compl_matches > 0) |
1063 | 5419 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5420 _("match %d of %d"), | |
464 | 5421 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
7 | 5422 else |
1063 | 5423 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5424 _("match %d"), | |
5425 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
7 | 5426 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
5427 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
5428 if (dollar_vcol) | |
5429 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
5430 } | |
5431 } | |
5432 } | |
5433 | |
5434 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
5435 showmode(); | |
5436 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
5437 { | |
5438 if (!p_smd) | |
5439 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
5440 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
5441 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
5442 } | |
5443 else | |
5444 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
5445 | |
857 | 5446 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
5447 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
5448 { | |
5449 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
5450 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
5451 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5452 |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5453 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5454 setcursor(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5455 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5456 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5457 |
857 | 5458 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
5459 setcursor(); | |
5460 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
5461 } | |
874 | 5462 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
857 | 5463 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
540 | 5464 |
7 | 5465 return OK; |
5466 } | |
5467 | |
5468 /* | |
5469 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
5470 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
5471 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
5472 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
5473 */ | |
1872 | 5474 static unsigned |
7 | 5475 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
5476 char_u *dest; | |
5477 char_u *src; | |
5478 int len; | |
5479 { | |
1872 | 5480 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
5481 | |
5482 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
7 | 5483 { |
5484 switch (*src) | |
5485 { | |
5486 case '.': | |
5487 case '*': | |
5488 case '[': | |
5489 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5490 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5491 break; | |
5492 case '~': | |
5493 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
5494 break; | |
5495 case '\\': | |
5496 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5497 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5498 break; | |
5499 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
5500 case '$': | |
5501 m++; | |
5502 if (dest != NULL) | |
5503 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
5504 break; | |
5505 } | |
5506 if (dest != NULL) | |
5507 *dest++ = *src; | |
464 | 5508 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 5509 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
5510 if (has_mbyte) | |
5511 { | |
5512 int i, mb_len; | |
5513 | |
474 | 5514 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
7 | 5515 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
5516 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
5517 { | |
5518 --len; | |
5519 ++src; | |
5520 if (dest != NULL) | |
5521 *dest++ = *src; | |
5522 } | |
5523 } | |
464 | 5524 # endif |
7 | 5525 } |
5526 if (dest != NULL) | |
5527 *dest = NUL; | |
5528 | |
5529 return m; | |
5530 } | |
5531 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
5532 | |
5533 /* | |
5534 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
5535 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
5536 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
5537 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
5538 */ | |
5539 int | |
5540 get_literal() | |
5541 { | |
5542 int cc; | |
5543 int nc; | |
5544 int i; | |
5545 int hex = FALSE; | |
5546 int octal = FALSE; | |
5547 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5548 int unicode = 0; | |
5549 #endif | |
5550 | |
5551 if (got_int) | |
5552 return Ctrl_C; | |
5553 | |
5554 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5555 /* | |
5556 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
5557 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
5558 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
5559 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
5560 */ | |
5561 if (gui.in_use) | |
5562 ++allow_keys; | |
5563 #endif | |
5564 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5565 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
5566 #endif | |
5567 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
5568 cc = 0; | |
5569 i = 0; | |
5570 for (;;) | |
5571 { | |
1389 | 5572 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 5573 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
5574 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
5575 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5576 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
5577 # endif | |
5578 ) | |
5579 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
5580 #endif | |
5581 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
5582 hex = TRUE; | |
5583 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
5584 octal = TRUE; | |
5585 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5586 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
5587 unicode = nc; | |
5588 #endif | |
5589 else | |
5590 { | |
5591 if (hex | |
5592 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5593 || unicode != 0 | |
5594 #endif | |
5595 ) | |
5596 { | |
5597 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
5598 break; | |
5599 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
5600 } | |
5601 else if (octal) | |
5602 { | |
5603 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
5604 break; | |
5605 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
5606 } | |
5607 else | |
5608 { | |
5609 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
5610 break; | |
5611 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
5612 } | |
5613 | |
5614 ++i; | |
5615 } | |
5616 | |
5617 if (cc > 255 | |
5618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5619 && unicode == 0 | |
5620 #endif | |
5621 ) | |
5622 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
5623 nc = 0; | |
5624 | |
5625 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
5626 { | |
5627 if (i >= 2) | |
5628 break; | |
5629 } | |
5630 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5631 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
5632 { | |
5633 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
5634 break; | |
5635 } | |
5636 #endif | |
5637 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
5638 break; | |
5639 } | |
5640 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
5641 { | |
5642 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5643 { | |
5644 cc = '\n'; | |
5645 nc = 0; | |
5646 } | |
5647 else | |
5648 { | |
5649 cc = nc; | |
5650 nc = 0; | |
5651 } | |
5652 } | |
5653 | |
5654 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5655 cc = '\n'; | |
221 | 5656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5657 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
5658 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
5659 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
5660 #endif | |
7 | 5661 |
5662 --no_mapping; | |
5663 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5664 if (gui.in_use) | |
5665 --allow_keys; | |
5666 #endif | |
5667 if (nc) | |
5668 vungetc(nc); | |
5669 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
5670 return cc; | |
5671 } | |
5672 | |
5673 /* | |
5674 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
5675 */ | |
5676 static void | |
5677 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
5678 int c; | |
5679 int allow_modmask; | |
5680 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
5681 { | |
5682 char_u *p; | |
5683 int len; | |
5684 | |
5685 /* | |
5686 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
5687 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
5688 * mode. | |
5689 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
5690 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
5691 */ | |
5692 #ifdef MACOS | |
5693 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
5694 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
5695 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
5696 #endif | |
5697 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
5698 { | |
5699 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
5700 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
5701 c = p[len - 1]; | |
5702 if (len > 2) | |
5703 { | |
5704 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
5705 return; | |
5706 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
5707 ins_str(p); | |
620 | 5708 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
7 | 5709 ctrlv = FALSE; |
5710 } | |
5711 } | |
5712 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
5713 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
5714 } | |
5715 | |
5716 /* | |
5717 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
5718 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
5719 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
5720 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
5721 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
5722 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
5723 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
5724 */ | |
5725 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5726 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5727 #else | |
5728 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5729 #endif | |
5730 | |
5731 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5732 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
5733 #else | |
5734 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
5735 #endif | |
5736 | |
5737 void | |
5738 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
5739 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
5740 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
5741 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
5742 { | |
5743 int textwidth; | |
5744 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5745 char_u *p; | |
667 | 5746 #endif |
7 | 5747 int fo_ins_blank; |
5748 | |
5749 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
5750 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5751 | |
5752 /* | |
5753 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
5754 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
5755 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
5756 * ends in white space. | |
5757 * - Otherwise: | |
5758 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
5759 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
5760 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
5761 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
5762 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
5763 * before the insert. | |
5764 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
5765 * before 'textwidth' | |
5766 */ | |
667 | 5767 if (textwidth > 0 |
7 | 5768 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
5769 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
5770 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5771 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5772 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5773 #endif | |
5774 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
5775 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5776 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
5777 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5778 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
5779 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
5780 )))))) | |
5781 { | |
667 | 5782 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
5783 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
5784 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1000 | 5785 int do_internal = TRUE; |
5786 | |
1563 | 5787 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
1000 | 5788 { |
5789 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
5790 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
5791 * was called. */ | |
5792 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
5793 } | |
5794 if (do_internal) | |
667 | 5795 #endif |
2004 | 5796 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
667 | 5797 } |
5798 | |
7 | 5799 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
5800 return; | |
5801 | |
5802 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5803 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
5804 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
5805 { | |
5806 char_u *line; | |
5807 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
5808 int middle_len, end_len; | |
5809 int i; | |
5810 | |
5811 /* | |
5812 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
5813 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
5814 */ | |
5815 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
5816 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
5817 { | |
5818 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
5819 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
5820 ++p; | |
5821 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5822 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
5823 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
5824 --middle_len; | |
5825 | |
5826 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
5827 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
5828 ++p; | |
5829 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5830 | |
5831 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
5832 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5833 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
5834 ; | |
5835 i++; | |
5836 | |
5837 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
5838 i -= middle_len; | |
5839 | |
5840 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
5841 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
5842 { | |
5843 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
5844 backspace_until_column(i); | |
5845 | |
5846 /* | |
5847 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
5848 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
5849 */ | |
5850 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
5851 } | |
5852 } | |
5853 } | |
5854 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
5855 #endif | |
5856 | |
5857 did_ai = FALSE; | |
5858 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
5859 did_si = FALSE; | |
5860 can_si = FALSE; | |
5861 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
5862 #endif | |
5863 | |
5864 /* | |
5865 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
5866 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
5867 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
5868 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
5869 * 'paste' is set).. | |
5870 */ | |
5871 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5872 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
5873 #endif | |
5874 | |
5875 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5877 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
5878 #endif | |
5879 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
5880 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5881 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
5882 && !cindent_on() | |
5883 #endif | |
5884 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5885 && !p_ri | |
5886 #endif | |
5887 ) | |
5888 { | |
5889 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
5890 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
5891 int i; | |
5892 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
5893 | |
5894 buf[0] = c; | |
5895 i = 1; | |
667 | 5896 if (textwidth > 0) |
7 | 5897 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
5898 /* | |
5899 * Stop the string when: | |
5900 * - no more chars available | |
5901 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
5902 * - buffer is full | |
5903 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
5904 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
5905 */ | |
5906 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
5907 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5909 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
5910 #endif | |
5911 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
5912 && (textwidth == 0 | |
5913 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5914 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
5915 { | |
5916 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5917 c = vgetc(); | |
5918 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5919 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
5920 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
5921 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5922 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
5923 # endif | |
5924 buf[i++] = c; | |
5925 #else | |
5926 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
5927 #endif | |
5928 } | |
5929 | |
5930 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
5931 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
5932 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
5933 #endif | |
5934 buf[i] = NUL; | |
5935 ins_str(buf); | |
5936 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5937 { | |
5938 redo_literal(*buf); | |
5939 i = 1; | |
5940 } | |
5941 else | |
5942 i = 0; | |
5943 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
620 | 5944 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
7 | 5945 } |
5946 else | |
5947 { | |
5948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
667 | 5949 int cc; |
5950 | |
7 | 5951 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
5952 { | |
5953 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
5954 | |
5955 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
5956 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
5957 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
5958 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5959 } | |
5960 else | |
5961 #endif | |
5962 { | |
5963 ins_char(c); | |
5964 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5965 redo_literal(c); | |
5966 else | |
5967 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5968 } | |
5969 } | |
5970 } | |
5971 | |
5972 /* | |
667 | 5973 * Format text at the current insert position. |
5974 */ | |
5975 static void | |
2004 | 5976 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
667 | 5977 int textwidth; |
5978 int second_indent; | |
5979 int flags; | |
5980 int format_only; | |
2004 | 5981 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
667 | 5982 { |
5983 int cc; | |
5984 int save_char = NUL; | |
5985 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
5986 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5987 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5988 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
5989 #endif | |
5990 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
5991 int first_line = TRUE; | |
5992 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5993 colnr_T leader_len; | |
5994 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
5995 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
5996 #endif | |
5997 | |
5998 /* | |
5999 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
6000 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
6001 */ | |
2004 | 6002 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
6003 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6004 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6005 #endif | |
6006 ) | |
667 | 6007 { |
6008 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6009 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
6010 { | |
6011 save_char = cc; | |
6012 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
6013 } | |
6014 } | |
6015 | |
6016 /* | |
6017 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
6018 */ | |
6019 while (!got_int) | |
6020 { | |
6021 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
6022 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
6023 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
6024 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
6025 colnr_T len; | |
6026 colnr_T virtcol; | |
6027 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6028 int orig_col = 0; | |
6029 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
6030 #endif | |
6031 colnr_T col; | |
2004 | 6032 colnr_T end_col; |
6033 | |
6034 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
6035 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
6036 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
667 | 6037 break; |
6038 | |
6039 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6040 if (no_leader) | |
6041 do_comments = FALSE; | |
6042 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
6043 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
6044 do_comments = TRUE; | |
6045 | |
6046 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6047 if (do_comments) | |
6048 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
6049 else | |
6050 leader_len = 0; | |
6051 | |
6052 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
6053 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
6054 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
6055 * to start with %. */ | |
6056 if (leader_len == 0) | |
6057 no_leader = TRUE; | |
6058 #endif | |
6059 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
6060 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6061 && leader_len == 0 | |
6062 #endif | |
6063 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
6064 | |
6065 break; | |
6066 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
6067 break; | |
6068 | |
6069 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
6070 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
6071 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6072 | |
2004 | 6073 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
667 | 6074 foundcol = 0; |
6075 | |
6076 /* | |
6077 * Find position to break at. | |
6078 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
6079 */ | |
6080 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
6081 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
6082 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
6083 { | |
2004 | 6084 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
6085 cc = c; | |
6086 else | |
6087 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
667 | 6088 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
6089 { | |
6090 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
2004 | 6091 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
667 | 6092 |
6093 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
6094 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6095 { | |
6096 dec_cursor(); | |
6097 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6098 } | |
6099 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6100 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
6101 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6102 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6103 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6104 break; | |
6105 #endif | |
6106 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
6107 { | |
6108 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
6109 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6110 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
2004 | 6111 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
6112 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
6113 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
6114 break; | |
6115 #endif | |
667 | 6116 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
6117 dec_cursor(); | |
6118 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6119 | |
6120 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6121 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
6122 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6123 } | |
2004 | 6124 |
6125 inc_cursor(); | |
6126 | |
6127 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
6128 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6129 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
667 | 6130 break; |
6131 } | |
6132 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2004 | 6133 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
667 | 6134 { |
6135 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
2004 | 6136 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
6137 { | |
6138 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6139 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6140 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6141 break; | |
6142 #endif | |
6143 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6144 inc_cursor(); | |
6145 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
6146 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
6147 { | |
6148 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6149 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
6150 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
6151 break; | |
6152 } | |
6153 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6154 } | |
6155 | |
6156 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6157 break; | |
6158 | |
6159 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6160 | |
6161 dec_cursor(); | |
6162 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6163 | |
6164 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6165 continue; /* break with space */ | |
6166 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6167 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6168 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6169 break; | |
6170 #endif | |
6171 | |
6172 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6173 | |
667 | 6174 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
6175 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
2004 | 6176 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
6177 break; | |
667 | 6178 } |
6179 #endif | |
6180 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6181 break; | |
6182 dec_cursor(); | |
6183 } | |
6184 | |
6185 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
6186 { | |
6187 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
6188 break; | |
6189 } | |
6190 | |
6191 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
6192 undisplay_dollar(); | |
6193 | |
6194 /* | |
6195 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
6196 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
6197 * over the text instead. | |
6198 */ | |
6199 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6200 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6201 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
6202 else | |
6203 #endif | |
2004 | 6204 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
667 | 6205 |
6206 /* | |
6207 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
6208 * characters that will remain on top line | |
6209 */ | |
6210 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
2004 | 6211 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
6212 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
667 | 6213 inc_cursor(); |
6214 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6215 if (startcol < 0) | |
6216 startcol = 0; | |
6217 | |
6218 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6219 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6220 { | |
6221 /* | |
6222 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
6223 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
6224 */ | |
6225 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
6226 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
6227 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
6228 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
6229 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
6230 | |
6231 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
6232 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6233 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
6234 } | |
6235 else | |
6236 #endif | |
6237 { | |
6238 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
6239 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6240 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
6241 } | |
6242 | |
6243 /* | |
6244 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
6245 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
6246 */ | |
6247 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
6248 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
6249 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6250 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
6251 #endif | |
6252 , old_indent); | |
6253 old_indent = 0; | |
6254 | |
6255 replace_offset = 0; | |
6256 if (first_line) | |
6257 { | |
6258 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
6259 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
6260 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
6261 { | |
6262 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6263 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 6264 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
667 | 6265 else |
6266 #endif | |
6267 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
6268 } | |
6269 first_line = FALSE; | |
6270 } | |
6271 | |
6272 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6273 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6274 { | |
6275 /* | |
6276 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
6277 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
6278 */ | |
6279 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
6280 vim_free(saved_text); | |
6281 } | |
6282 else | |
6283 #endif | |
6284 { | |
6285 /* | |
6286 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
6287 * may have added or removed indent. | |
6288 */ | |
6289 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
6290 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
6291 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
6292 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
6293 } | |
6294 | |
6295 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
6296 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
6297 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
6298 #endif | |
6299 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
6300 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6301 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6302 did_si = FALSE; | |
6303 can_si = FALSE; | |
6304 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6305 #endif | |
6306 line_breakcheck(); | |
6307 } | |
6308 | |
6309 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
6310 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
6311 | |
6312 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
6313 { | |
6314 update_topline(); | |
6315 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
6316 } | |
6317 } | |
6318 | |
6319 /* | |
7 | 6320 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
6321 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
6322 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
6323 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
6324 * saved here. | |
6325 */ | |
6326 void | |
6327 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
6328 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
6329 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
6330 { | |
6331 pos_T pos; | |
6332 colnr_T len; | |
6333 char_u *old; | |
6334 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
6335 int wasatend; | |
301 | 6336 int cc; |
7 | 6337 |
6338 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
6339 return; | |
6340 | |
6341 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6342 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
6343 | |
6344 /* may remove added space */ | |
6345 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6346 | |
6347 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
6348 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
6349 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
6350 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
6351 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
1872 | 6352 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
7 | 6353 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
6354 { | |
6355 dec_cursor(); | |
301 | 6356 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6357 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
6358 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
7 | 6359 dec_cursor(); |
301 | 6360 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6361 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6362 { |
6363 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6364 return; | |
6365 } | |
6366 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6367 } | |
6368 | |
6369 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6370 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
6371 * comments. */ | |
6372 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
6373 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
6374 return; | |
6375 #endif | |
6376 | |
6377 /* | |
6378 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
6379 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
6380 * the start of a paragraph. | |
6381 */ | |
6382 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
6383 { | |
6384 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6385 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
6386 return; | |
6387 } | |
6388 | |
6389 /* | |
6390 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
6391 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
6392 */ | |
6393 saved_cursor = pos; | |
1563 | 6394 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
7 | 6395 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
6396 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
6397 | |
6398 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6399 { | |
6400 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
6401 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6402 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
6403 } | |
6404 else | |
6405 check_cursor_col(); | |
6406 | |
6407 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
6408 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
6409 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
6410 * formatted. */ | |
6411 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
6412 { | |
6413 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
835 | 6414 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
7 | 6415 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
6416 { | |
6417 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
6418 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
6419 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
6420 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
6421 /* remove the space later */ | |
6422 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
6423 } | |
6424 else | |
6425 /* may remove added space */ | |
6426 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6427 } | |
6428 | |
6429 check_cursor(); | |
6430 } | |
6431 | |
6432 /* | |
6433 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
6434 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
6435 * position. | |
6436 */ | |
6437 static void | |
6438 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
6439 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
6440 { | |
6441 int c = ' '; | |
301 | 6442 int cc; |
7 | 6443 |
6444 if (did_add_space) | |
6445 { | |
301 | 6446 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6447 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6448 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
6449 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6450 else | |
6451 { | |
6452 if (!end_insert) | |
6453 { | |
6454 inc_cursor(); | |
6455 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
6456 dec_cursor(); | |
6457 } | |
6458 if (c != NUL) | |
6459 { | |
6460 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
6461 del_char(FALSE); | |
6462 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6463 } | |
6464 } | |
6465 } | |
6466 } | |
6467 | |
6468 /* | |
6469 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
6470 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
6471 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
6472 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
6473 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
6474 */ | |
6475 int | |
6476 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
867 | 6477 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
7 | 6478 { |
6479 int textwidth; | |
6480 | |
6481 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
6482 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
6483 { | |
6484 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
6485 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
6486 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
6487 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
6488 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
6489 textwidth -= 1; | |
6490 #endif | |
6491 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6492 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
6493 #endif | |
6494 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
6495 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
6496 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 6497 || netbeans_active() |
7 | 6498 # endif |
6499 ) | |
6500 textwidth -= 1; | |
6501 #endif | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6502 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
7 | 6503 textwidth -= 8; |
6504 } | |
6505 if (textwidth < 0) | |
6506 textwidth = 0; | |
6507 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
6508 { | |
6509 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
6510 if (textwidth > 79) | |
6511 textwidth = 79; | |
6512 } | |
6513 return textwidth; | |
6514 } | |
6515 | |
6516 /* | |
6517 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
6518 */ | |
6519 static void | |
6520 redo_literal(c) | |
6521 int c; | |
6522 { | |
6523 char_u buf[10]; | |
6524 | |
6525 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
6526 * three digits. */ | |
6527 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
6528 { | |
1872 | 6529 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
7 | 6530 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
6531 } | |
6532 else | |
6533 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
6534 } | |
6535 | |
6536 /* | |
6537 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
484 | 6538 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
7 | 6539 */ |
6540 static void | |
6541 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
840 | 6542 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
7 | 6543 { |
6544 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
6545 { | |
6546 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
6547 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
6548 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
6549 } | |
744 | 6550 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6551 check_spell_redraw(); |
6552 #endif | |
7 | 6553 } |
6554 | |
744 | 6555 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6556 /* |
6557 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
6558 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
6559 */ | |
6560 static void | |
6561 check_spell_redraw() | |
6562 { | |
6563 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
6564 { | |
6565 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
6566 | |
6567 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
6568 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
6569 } | |
6570 } | |
484 | 6571 |
6572 /* | |
6573 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
6574 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
6575 */ | |
6576 static void | |
6577 spell_back_to_badword() | |
6578 { | |
6579 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6580 | |
499 | 6581 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
484 | 6582 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
6583 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
6584 } | |
221 | 6585 #endif |
6586 | |
7 | 6587 /* |
6588 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
6589 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
6590 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
6591 */ | |
6592 int | |
6593 stop_arrow() | |
6594 { | |
6595 if (arrow_used) | |
6596 { | |
6597 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6598 { | |
6599 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
6600 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6601 } | |
6602 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
1869 | 6603 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 6604 ai_col = 0; |
6605 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6606 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6607 { | |
6608 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6609 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
6610 } | |
6611 #endif | |
6612 ResetRedobuff(); | |
6613 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
613 | 6614 new_insert_skip = 2; |
7 | 6615 } |
6616 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
6617 { | |
6618 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6619 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6620 } | |
6621 | |
6622 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6623 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
6624 foldOpenCursor(); | |
6625 #endif | |
6626 | |
6627 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
6628 } | |
6629 | |
6630 /* | |
840 | 6631 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
6632 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
6633 * to another window/buffer. | |
7 | 6634 */ |
6635 static void | |
6636 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
840 | 6637 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
603 | 6638 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
7 | 6639 { |
603 | 6640 int cc; |
6641 char_u *ptr; | |
7 | 6642 |
6643 stop_redo_ins(); | |
6644 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
6645 | |
6646 /* | |
603 | 6647 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
6648 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
6649 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
7 | 6650 */ |
603 | 6651 ptr = get_inserted(); |
615 | 6652 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
6653 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
603 | 6654 { |
6655 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6656 last_insert = ptr; | |
6657 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
6658 } | |
6659 else | |
6660 vim_free(ptr); | |
7 | 6661 |
840 | 6662 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
7 | 6663 { |
6664 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
6665 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
6666 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
6667 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
10 | 6668 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
7 | 6669 { |
10 | 6670 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6671 | |
7 | 6672 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
6673 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
6674 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
6675 cc = 'x'; | |
6676 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
6677 { | |
6678 dec_cursor(); | |
6679 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6680 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
10 | 6681 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
7 | 6682 } |
6683 | |
6684 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
6685 | |
10 | 6686 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
6687 { | |
6688 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
6689 inc_cursor(); | |
6690 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6691 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
6692 * the "coladd". */ | |
6693 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
6694 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
6695 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
6696 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
6697 #endif | |
6698 } | |
7 | 6699 } |
6700 | |
6701 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
6702 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
6703 | |
6704 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
10 | 6705 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
1892 | 6706 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
6707 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
6708 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
10 | 6709 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
1892 | 6710 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
6711 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7 | 6712 { |
10 | 6713 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6714 | |
6715 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
1892 | 6716 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
786 | 6717 for (;;) |
6718 { | |
6719 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
6720 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6721 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6722 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
6723 break; | |
1892 | 6724 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
6725 break; /* should not happen */ | |
786 | 6726 } |
10 | 6727 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
6728 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
6729 else if (cc != NUL) | |
7 | 6730 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
6731 | |
6732 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6733 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
6734 * deleted characters. */ | |
6735 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6736 { | |
1872 | 6737 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
6738 | |
6739 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
7 | 6740 { |
1872 | 6741 VIsual.col = len; |
7 | 6742 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
6743 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
6744 # endif | |
6745 } | |
6746 } | |
6747 #endif | |
6748 } | |
6749 } | |
6750 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6751 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6752 did_si = FALSE; | |
6753 can_si = FALSE; | |
6754 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6755 #endif | |
6756 | |
840 | 6757 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
6758 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
6759 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
6760 { | |
6761 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
6762 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
6763 } | |
7 | 6764 } |
6765 | |
6766 /* | |
6767 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
6768 * Used for the replace command. | |
6769 */ | |
6770 void | |
6771 set_last_insert(c) | |
6772 int c; | |
6773 { | |
6774 char_u *s; | |
6775 | |
6776 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6777 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6778 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
6779 #else | |
6780 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
6781 #endif | |
6782 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
6783 { | |
6784 s = last_insert; | |
6785 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
6786 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
6787 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
6788 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
6789 *s++ = ESC; | |
6790 *s++ = NUL; | |
6791 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
6792 } | |
6793 } | |
6794 | |
359 | 6795 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
6796 void | |
6797 free_last_insert() | |
6798 { | |
6799 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6800 last_insert = NULL; | |
1446 | 6801 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
694 | 6802 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
6803 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
1446 | 6804 # endif |
359 | 6805 } |
6806 #endif | |
6807 | |
7 | 6808 /* |
6809 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
6810 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
6811 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
6812 */ | |
6813 char_u * | |
6814 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
6815 int c; | |
6816 char_u *s; | |
6817 { | |
6818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6819 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
6820 int i; | |
6821 int len; | |
6822 | |
6823 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
6824 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
6825 { | |
6826 c = temp[i]; | |
6827 #endif | |
6828 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
6829 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
6830 { | |
6831 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
6832 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
6833 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
6834 } | |
6835 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6836 else if (c == CSI) | |
6837 { | |
6838 *s++ = CSI; | |
6839 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
6840 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
6841 } | |
6842 #endif | |
6843 else | |
6844 *s++ = c; | |
6845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6846 } | |
6847 #endif | |
6848 return s; | |
6849 } | |
6850 | |
6851 /* | |
6852 * move cursor to start of line | |
6853 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
6854 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
6855 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
6856 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
6857 */ | |
6858 void | |
6859 beginline(flags) | |
6860 int flags; | |
6861 { | |
6862 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
6863 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6864 else | |
6865 { | |
6866 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
6867 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6868 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6869 #endif | |
6870 | |
6871 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
6872 { | |
6873 char_u *ptr; | |
6874 | |
6875 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
6876 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
6877 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6878 } | |
6879 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6880 } | |
6881 } | |
6882 | |
6883 /* | |
6884 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
6885 * | |
6886 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
773 | 6887 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
7 | 6888 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
6889 */ | |
6890 | |
6891 int | |
6892 oneright() | |
6893 { | |
6894 char_u *ptr; | |
6895 int l; | |
6896 | |
6897 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6898 if (virtual_active()) | |
6899 { | |
6900 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6901 | |
6902 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
6903 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6904 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
773 | 6905 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 6906 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
773 | 6907 # else |
7 | 6908 *ptr |
773 | 6909 # endif |
7 | 6910 )) |
6911 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
6912 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6913 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
6914 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
6915 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
6916 } | |
6917 #endif | |
6918 | |
6919 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
773 | 6920 if (*ptr == NUL) |
6921 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
6922 | |
7 | 6923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
773 | 6924 if (has_mbyte) |
6925 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
7 | 6926 else |
6927 #endif | |
773 | 6928 l = 1; |
6929 | |
6930 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
6931 * contains "onemore". */ | |
6932 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
6933 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6934 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
6935 #endif | |
6936 ) | |
6937 return FAIL; | |
6938 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
7 | 6939 |
6940 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6941 return OK; | |
6942 } | |
6943 | |
6944 int | |
6945 oneleft() | |
6946 { | |
6947 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6948 if (virtual_active()) | |
6949 { | |
6950 int width; | |
6951 int v = getviscol(); | |
6952 | |
6953 if (v == 0) | |
6954 return FAIL; | |
6955 | |
6956 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
6957 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
6958 width = 1; | |
6959 for (;;) | |
6960 { | |
6961 coladvance(v - width); | |
6962 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
6963 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
6964 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
6965 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6966 && !has_mbyte | |
6967 # endif | |
6968 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
6969 break; | |
6970 ++width; | |
6971 } | |
6972 # else | |
6973 coladvance(v - 1); | |
6974 # endif | |
6975 | |
6976 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
6977 { | |
6978 char_u *ptr; | |
6979 | |
6980 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
6981 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6982 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
6983 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6984 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
6985 # else | |
6986 *ptr | |
6987 # endif | |
6988 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
6989 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6990 } | |
6991 | |
6992 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6993 return OK; | |
6994 } | |
6995 #endif | |
6996 | |
6997 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6998 return FAIL; | |
6999 | |
7000 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
7001 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7002 | |
7003 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7004 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
7005 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
7006 if (has_mbyte) | |
7007 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
7008 #endif | |
7009 return OK; | |
7010 } | |
7011 | |
7012 int | |
7013 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
7014 long n; | |
7015 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
7016 { | |
7017 linenr_T lnum; | |
7018 | |
7019 if (n > 0) | |
7020 { | |
7021 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
161 | 7022 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
7023 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
7024 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 7025 return FAIL; |
7026 if (n >= lnum) | |
7027 lnum = 1; | |
7028 else | |
7029 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7030 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
7031 { | |
7032 /* | |
7033 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
7034 */ | |
7035 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
7036 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
7037 | |
7038 while (n--) | |
7039 { | |
7040 /* move up one line */ | |
7041 --lnum; | |
7042 if (lnum <= 1) | |
7043 break; | |
7044 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
7045 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
7046 * in a moment. */ | |
7047 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
7048 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
7049 } | |
7050 if (lnum < 1) | |
7051 lnum = 1; | |
7052 } | |
7053 else | |
7054 #endif | |
7055 lnum -= n; | |
7056 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
7057 } | |
7058 | |
7059 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
7060 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
7061 | |
7062 if (upd_topline) | |
7063 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
7064 | |
7065 return OK; | |
7066 } | |
7067 | |
7068 /* | |
7069 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
7070 */ | |
7071 int | |
7072 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
7073 long n; | |
7074 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
7075 { | |
7076 linenr_T lnum; | |
7077 | |
7078 if (n > 0) | |
7079 { | |
7080 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
7081 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7082 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
7083 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
7084 #endif | |
161 | 7085 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
7086 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
7087 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
7088 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
7089 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 7090 return FAIL; |
7091 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7092 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
7093 else | |
7094 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7095 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
7096 { | |
7097 linenr_T last; | |
7098 | |
7099 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
7100 while (n--) | |
7101 { | |
7102 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
7103 lnum = last + 1; | |
7104 else | |
7105 ++lnum; | |
7106 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7107 break; | |
7108 } | |
7109 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7110 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
7111 } | |
7112 else | |
7113 #endif | |
7114 lnum += n; | |
7115 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
7116 } | |
7117 | |
7118 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
7119 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
7120 | |
7121 if (upd_topline) | |
7122 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
7123 | |
7124 return OK; | |
7125 } | |
7126 | |
7127 /* | |
7128 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
7129 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
7130 * first have to remove the command. | |
7131 */ | |
7132 int | |
7133 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
7134 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
7135 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
7136 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
7137 { | |
7138 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
7139 char_u *ptr; | |
7140 char_u *last_ptr; | |
7141 char_u last = NUL; | |
7142 | |
7143 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
7144 if (ptr == NULL) | |
7145 { | |
7146 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
7147 return FAIL; | |
7148 } | |
7149 | |
7150 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
7151 if (c != NUL) | |
7152 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
7153 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
7154 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
7155 | |
7156 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
7157 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
7158 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
7159 */ | |
7160 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
7161 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
7162 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
7163 { | |
7164 last = *last_ptr; | |
7165 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
7166 } | |
7167 | |
7168 do | |
7169 { | |
7170 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
7171 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
7172 if (last) | |
7173 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
7174 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
7175 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
7176 } | |
7177 while (--count > 0); | |
7178 | |
7179 if (last) | |
7180 *last_ptr = last; | |
7181 | |
7182 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
7183 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
7184 | |
7185 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
7186 if (!no_esc) | |
7187 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
7188 | |
7189 return OK; | |
7190 } | |
7191 | |
7192 char_u * | |
7193 get_last_insert() | |
7194 { | |
7195 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
7196 return NULL; | |
7197 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
7198 } | |
7199 | |
7200 /* | |
7201 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
7202 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
7203 */ | |
7204 char_u * | |
7205 get_last_insert_save() | |
7206 { | |
7207 char_u *s; | |
7208 int len; | |
7209 | |
7210 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
7211 return NULL; | |
7212 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
7213 if (s != NULL) | |
7214 { | |
7215 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
7216 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
7217 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
7218 } | |
7219 return s; | |
7220 } | |
7221 | |
7222 /* | |
7223 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
7224 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
7225 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
7226 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
7227 */ | |
7228 static int | |
7229 echeck_abbr(c) | |
7230 int c; | |
7231 { | |
7232 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
7233 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
7234 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
7235 return FALSE; | |
7236 | |
7237 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
7238 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
7239 } | |
7240 | |
7241 /* | |
7242 * replace-stack functions | |
7243 * | |
7244 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
7245 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
7246 * | |
7247 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
7248 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
7249 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
7250 * | |
7251 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
7252 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
7253 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
7254 * | |
7255 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
7256 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
7257 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
7258 */ | |
7259 | |
298 | 7260 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
7261 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
7262 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
7 | 7263 |
7264 void | |
7265 replace_push(c) | |
7266 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
7267 { | |
7268 char_u *p; | |
7269 | |
7270 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
7271 return; | |
7272 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
7273 { | |
7274 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
7275 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
7276 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7277 { | |
7278 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
7279 return; | |
7280 } | |
7281 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
7282 { | |
7283 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
7284 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7285 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7286 } | |
7287 replace_stack = p; | |
7288 } | |
7289 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
7290 if (replace_offset) | |
7291 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7292 *p = c; | |
7293 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
7294 } | |
7295 | |
1470 | 7296 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
7297 /* | |
7298 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
7299 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
7300 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
7301 */ | |
7302 int | |
7303 replace_push_mb(p) | |
7304 char_u *p; | |
7305 { | |
7306 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
7307 int j; | |
7308 | |
7309 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
7310 replace_push(p[j]); | |
7311 return l; | |
7312 } | |
7313 #endif | |
7314 | |
7 | 7315 /* |
7316 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
7317 * return -1 if stack empty | |
7318 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
7319 */ | |
7320 static int | |
7321 replace_pop() | |
7322 { | |
7323 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
7324 return -1; | |
7325 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
7326 } | |
7327 | |
7328 /* | |
7329 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
7330 * encountered. | |
7331 */ | |
7332 static void | |
7333 replace_join(off) | |
7334 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
7335 { | |
7336 int i; | |
7337 | |
7338 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
7339 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
7340 { | |
7341 --replace_stack_nr; | |
7342 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
7343 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
7344 return; | |
7345 } | |
7346 } | |
7347 | |
7348 /* | |
7349 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
7350 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
7351 */ | |
7352 static void | |
7353 replace_pop_ins() | |
7354 { | |
7355 int cc; | |
7356 int oldState = State; | |
7357 | |
7358 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
7359 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
7360 { | |
7361 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7362 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
7363 #else | |
7364 ins_char(cc); | |
7365 #endif | |
7366 dec_cursor(); | |
7367 } | |
7368 State = oldState; | |
7369 } | |
7370 | |
7371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7372 /* | |
7373 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
7374 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
7375 */ | |
7376 static void | |
7377 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
7378 int cc; | |
7379 { | |
7380 int n; | |
7381 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
7382 int i; | |
7383 int c; | |
7384 | |
7385 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
7386 { | |
7387 buf[0] = cc; | |
7388 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7389 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7390 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7391 } | |
7392 else | |
7393 ins_char(cc); | |
7394 | |
7395 if (enc_utf8) | |
7396 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
7397 for (;;) | |
7398 { | |
7399 c = replace_pop(); | |
7400 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
7401 break; | |
7402 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
7403 { | |
7404 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
7405 replace_push(c); | |
7406 break; | |
7407 } | |
7408 else | |
7409 { | |
7410 buf[0] = c; | |
7411 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7412 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7413 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
7414 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7415 else | |
7416 { | |
7417 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
7418 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
7419 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
7420 break; | |
7421 } | |
7422 } | |
7423 } | |
7424 } | |
7425 #endif | |
7426 | |
7427 /* | |
7428 * make the replace stack empty | |
7429 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
7430 */ | |
7431 static void | |
7432 replace_flush() | |
7433 { | |
7434 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7435 replace_stack = NULL; | |
7436 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
7437 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
7438 } | |
7439 | |
7440 /* | |
7441 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
7442 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
7443 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
7444 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
7445 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
1782 | 7446 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
7447 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
7 | 7448 */ |
7449 static void | |
1782 | 7450 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
7451 int limit_col; | |
7 | 7452 { |
7453 int cc; | |
7454 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7455 int orig_len = 0; | |
7456 int ins_len; | |
7457 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
7458 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
7459 char_u *p; | |
7460 int i; | |
7461 int vcol; | |
7462 #endif | |
7463 | |
7464 cc = replace_pop(); | |
7465 if (cc > 0) | |
7466 { | |
7467 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7468 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7469 { | |
7470 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
7471 * going to delete. */ | |
7472 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
7473 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
7474 } | |
7475 #endif | |
7476 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7477 if (has_mbyte) | |
7478 { | |
1782 | 7479 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7480 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
7481 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7482 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 7483 # endif |
7484 replace_push(cc); | |
7485 } | |
7486 else | |
7487 #endif | |
7488 { | |
7489 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
7490 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7491 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7492 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
7 | 7493 #endif |
7494 } | |
7495 replace_pop_ins(); | |
7496 | |
7497 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7498 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7499 { | |
7500 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
7501 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
835 | 7502 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
7 | 7503 vcol = start_vcol; |
7504 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
7505 { | |
7506 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
7507 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 7508 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
7 | 7509 #endif |
7510 } | |
7511 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
7512 | |
7513 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
7514 * text aligned. */ | |
7515 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
7516 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
7517 { | |
7518 del_char(FALSE); | |
7519 ++orig_vcols; | |
7520 } | |
7521 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
7522 } | |
7523 #endif | |
7524 | |
7525 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
7526 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
7527 } | |
7528 else if (cc == 0) | |
1782 | 7529 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7530 } |
7531 | |
7532 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7533 /* | |
7534 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
7535 */ | |
7536 static int | |
7537 cindent_on() | |
7538 { | |
7539 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
7540 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7541 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
7542 # endif | |
7543 )); | |
7544 } | |
7545 #endif | |
7546 | |
7547 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7548 /* | |
7549 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
7550 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
7551 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
7552 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
7553 */ | |
7554 | |
7555 void | |
7556 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
7557 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
7558 { | |
1516 | 7559 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 7560 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
7561 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
7562 } | |
7563 | |
7564 void | |
7565 fix_indent() | |
7566 { | |
7567 if (p_paste) | |
7568 return; | |
7569 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
7570 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
7571 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
7572 # endif | |
7573 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
7574 else | |
7575 # endif | |
7576 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7577 if (cindent_on()) | |
7578 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
7579 # endif | |
7580 } | |
7581 | |
7582 #endif | |
7583 | |
7584 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7585 /* | |
7586 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
7587 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
7588 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
7589 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
7590 * | |
7591 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
7592 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
7593 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
7594 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
7595 * | |
7596 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
7597 */ | |
7598 int | |
7599 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
7600 int keytyped; | |
7601 int when; | |
7602 int line_is_empty; | |
7603 { | |
7604 char_u *look; | |
7605 int try_match; | |
7606 int try_match_word; | |
7607 char_u *p; | |
7608 char_u *line; | |
7609 int icase; | |
7610 int i; | |
7611 | |
2025 | 7612 if (keytyped == NUL) |
7613 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
7614 return FALSE; | |
7615 | |
7 | 7616 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7617 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
7618 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
7619 else | |
7620 #endif | |
7621 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
7622 while (*look) | |
7623 { | |
7624 /* | |
7625 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
7626 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
7627 */ | |
7628 switch (when) | |
7629 { | |
7630 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
7631 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
7632 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
7633 } | |
7634 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
7635 ++look; | |
7636 | |
7637 /* | |
7638 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
7639 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
7640 */ | |
7641 if (*look == '0') | |
7642 { | |
7643 try_match_word = try_match; | |
7644 if (!line_is_empty) | |
7645 try_match = FALSE; | |
7646 ++look; | |
7647 } | |
7648 else | |
7649 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
7650 | |
7651 /* | |
7652 * does it look like a control character? | |
7653 */ | |
7654 if (*look == '^' | |
7655 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7656 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
7657 #else | |
7658 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
7659 #endif | |
7660 ) | |
7661 { | |
7662 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
7663 return TRUE; | |
7664 look += 2; | |
7665 } | |
7666 /* | |
7667 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
7668 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
7669 */ | |
7670 else if (*look == 'o') | |
7671 { | |
7672 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
7673 return TRUE; | |
7674 ++look; | |
7675 } | |
7676 else if (*look == 'O') | |
7677 { | |
7678 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
7679 return TRUE; | |
7680 ++look; | |
7681 } | |
7682 | |
7683 /* | |
7684 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
7685 * cursor. | |
7686 */ | |
7687 else if (*look == 'e') | |
7688 { | |
7689 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
7690 { | |
7691 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7692 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
7693 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
7694 return TRUE; | |
7695 } | |
7696 ++look; | |
7697 } | |
7698 | |
7699 /* | |
7700 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
7701 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
7702 * class::method for C++). | |
7703 */ | |
7704 else if (*look == ':') | |
7705 { | |
7706 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
7707 { | |
7708 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7709 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7710 || cin_islabel(30)) |
7 | 7711 return TRUE; |
1300 | 7712 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
7713 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7 | 7714 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
7715 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
7716 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
7717 { | |
7718 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7719 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
7 | 7720 || cin_islabel(30)); |
7721 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7722 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
7723 if (i) | |
7724 return TRUE; | |
7725 } | |
7726 } | |
7727 ++look; | |
7728 } | |
7729 | |
7730 | |
7731 /* | |
7732 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
7733 */ | |
7734 else if (*look == '<') | |
7735 { | |
7736 if (try_match) | |
7737 { | |
7738 /* | |
7739 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
7740 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
7741 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
7742 */ | |
7743 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
7744 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
7745 return TRUE; | |
7746 | |
7747 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
7748 return TRUE; | |
7749 } | |
7750 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
7751 look++; | |
7752 while (*look == '>') | |
7753 look++; | |
7754 } | |
7755 | |
7756 /* | |
7757 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
7758 */ | |
7759 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
7760 { | |
7761 ++look; | |
7762 if (*look == '~') | |
7763 { | |
7764 icase = TRUE; | |
7765 ++look; | |
7766 } | |
7767 else | |
7768 icase = FALSE; | |
7769 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
7770 if (p == NULL) | |
7771 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
7772 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
7773 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
7774 { | |
7775 int match = FALSE; | |
7776 | |
7777 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7778 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
7779 { | |
7780 char_u *s; | |
7781 | |
7782 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
7783 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
7784 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7785 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7786 if (has_mbyte) | |
7787 { | |
7788 char_u *n; | |
7789 | |
7790 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
7791 { | |
7792 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
7793 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
7794 break; | |
7795 } | |
7796 } | |
7797 else | |
7798 # endif | |
7799 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
7800 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
7801 break; | |
7802 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
7803 && (icase | |
7804 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
7805 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
7806 match = TRUE; | |
7807 } | |
7808 else | |
7809 #endif | |
7810 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
7811 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
7812 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
7813 { | |
7814 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
7815 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
7816 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
7817 && (icase | |
7818 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
7819 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
7820 == 0) | |
7821 match = TRUE; | |
7822 } | |
7823 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
7824 { | |
7825 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
7826 * word. */ | |
7827 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7828 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
7829 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
7830 match = FALSE; | |
7831 } | |
7832 if (match) | |
7833 return TRUE; | |
7834 } | |
7835 look = p; | |
7836 } | |
7837 | |
7838 /* | |
7839 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
7840 */ | |
7841 else | |
7842 { | |
7843 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
7844 return TRUE; | |
7845 ++look; | |
7846 } | |
7847 | |
7848 /* | |
7849 * Skip over ", ". | |
7850 */ | |
7851 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
7852 } | |
7853 return FALSE; | |
7854 } | |
7855 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
7856 | |
7857 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7858 /* | |
7859 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
7860 */ | |
7861 int | |
7862 hkmap(c) | |
7863 int c; | |
7864 { | |
7865 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
7866 { | |
7867 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
7868 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
7869 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
7870 static char_u map[26] = | |
7871 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
7872 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
7873 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
7874 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
7875 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
7876 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
7877 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
7878 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
7879 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
7880 | |
7881 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
7882 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
7883 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
7884 else if (c == 'x') | |
7885 return 'X'; | |
7886 else if (c == 'q') | |
7887 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
7888 else if (c == 246) | |
7889 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
7890 else if (c == 228) | |
7891 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7892 else if (c == 252) | |
7893 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7894 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7895 else if (islower(c)) | |
7896 #else | |
7897 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
7898 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
7899 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
7900 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
7901 */ | |
7902 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
7903 #endif | |
7904 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
7905 else | |
7906 return c; | |
7907 } | |
7908 else | |
7909 { | |
7910 switch (c) | |
7911 { | |
7912 case '`': return ';'; | |
7913 case '/': return '.'; | |
7914 case '\'': return ','; | |
7915 case 'q': return '/'; | |
7916 case 'w': return '\''; | |
7917 | |
7918 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
7919 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
7920 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
7921 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
7922 default: { | |
7923 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
7924 | |
7925 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7926 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
7927 if (!islower(c)) | |
7928 #else | |
7929 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
7930 #endif | |
7931 return c; | |
7932 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
7933 break; | |
7934 } | |
7935 } | |
7936 | |
7937 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
7938 } | |
7939 } | |
7940 #endif | |
7941 | |
7942 static void | |
7943 ins_reg() | |
7944 { | |
7945 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
7946 int regname; | |
7947 int literally = 0; | |
844 | 7948 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
7949 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
7950 #endif | |
7 | 7951 |
7952 /* | |
7953 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
7954 */ | |
7955 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
7956 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
7957 { | |
7958 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 7959 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 7960 |
7961 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
7962 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7963 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
7964 #endif | |
7965 } | |
7966 | |
7967 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
7968 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
7969 #endif | |
7970 | |
7971 /* | |
7972 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7973 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7974 */ | |
7975 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7976 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7977 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7978 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
7979 { | |
7980 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
7981 literally = regname; | |
7982 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7983 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
7984 #endif | |
1389 | 7985 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7986 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7987 } | |
7988 --no_mapping; | |
7989 | |
7990 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7991 /* | |
7992 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
7993 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
7994 */ | |
7995 ++no_u_sync; | |
7996 if (regname == '=') | |
7997 { | |
133 | 7998 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7999 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
133 | 8000 # endif |
7 | 8001 regname = get_expr_register(); |
133 | 8002 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 8003 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
8004 if (im_on) | |
8005 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
133 | 8006 # endif |
7 | 8007 } |
140 | 8008 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
8009 { | |
8010 vim_beep(); | |
7 | 8011 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
140 | 8012 } |
7 | 8013 else |
8014 { | |
8015 #endif | |
8016 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
8017 { | |
8018 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
8019 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
8020 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
8021 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
8022 | |
8023 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
8024 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
8025 } | |
8026 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
8027 { | |
8028 vim_beep(); | |
8029 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
8030 } | |
133 | 8031 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
8032 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
8033 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
8034 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
8035 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
8036 | |
7 | 8037 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
8038 } | |
8039 --no_u_sync; | |
8040 #endif | |
8041 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
8042 clear_showcmd(); | |
8043 #endif | |
8044 | |
8045 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
8046 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
8047 edit_unputchar(); | |
844 | 8048 |
8049 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
8050 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
8051 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
8052 end_visual_mode(); | |
8053 #endif | |
7 | 8054 } |
8055 | |
8056 /* | |
8057 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
8058 */ | |
8059 static void | |
8060 ins_ctrl_g() | |
8061 { | |
8062 int c; | |
8063 | |
8064 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
8065 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
8066 setcursor(); | |
8067 #endif | |
8068 | |
8069 /* | |
8070 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
8071 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
8072 */ | |
8073 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 8074 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 8075 --no_mapping; |
8076 switch (c) | |
8077 { | |
8078 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
8079 case K_UP: | |
8080 case Ctrl_K: | |
8081 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
8082 break; | |
8083 | |
8084 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
8085 case K_DOWN: | |
8086 case Ctrl_J: | |
8087 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
8088 break; | |
8089 | |
8090 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
825 | 8091 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
7 | 8092 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
626 | 8093 |
8094 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
1219 | 8095 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
626 | 8096 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 8097 break; |
8098 | |
8099 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
8100 default: vim_beep(); | |
8101 } | |
8102 } | |
8103 | |
8104 /* | |
449 | 8105 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
8106 */ | |
8107 static void | |
8108 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
8109 { | |
782 | 8110 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
449 | 8111 { |
8112 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
8113 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
8114 { | |
8115 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
8116 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
8117 } | |
8118 else | |
8119 { | |
8120 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
8121 State |= LANGMAP; | |
8122 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8123 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8124 #endif | |
8125 } | |
8126 } | |
8127 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8128 else | |
8129 { | |
8130 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
8131 if (im_get_status()) | |
8132 { | |
8133 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
8134 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8135 } | |
8136 else | |
8137 { | |
8138 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
8139 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
8140 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
8141 } | |
8142 } | |
8143 #endif | |
8144 set_iminsert_global(); | |
8145 showmode(); | |
8146 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8147 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
8148 if (gui.in_use) | |
8149 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
8150 #endif | |
8151 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
8152 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
8153 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
8154 #endif | |
8155 } | |
8156 | |
8157 /* | |
7 | 8158 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
8159 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
8160 * insert. | |
8161 */ | |
8162 static int | |
477 | 8163 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
7 | 8164 long *count; |
8165 int cmdchar; | |
477 | 8166 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
7 | 8167 { |
8168 int temp; | |
8169 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
8170 | |
744 | 8171 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
449 | 8172 check_spell_redraw(); |
8173 #endif | |
7 | 8174 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
8175 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
8176 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
8177 # endif | |
8178 if (composing_hangul) | |
8179 { | |
8180 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
8181 composing_hangul = 0; | |
8182 } | |
8183 #endif | |
8184 | |
8185 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8186 if (disabled_redraw) | |
8187 { | |
8188 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
8189 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
8190 } | |
8191 if (!arrow_used) | |
8192 { | |
8193 /* | |
8194 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
75 | 8195 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
8196 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
7 | 8197 */ |
8198 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
75 | 8199 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
7 | 8200 |
8201 /* | |
8202 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
8203 * interrupt now and then. | |
8204 */ | |
8205 if (*count > 0) | |
8206 { | |
8207 line_breakcheck(); | |
8208 if (got_int) | |
8209 *count = 0; | |
8210 } | |
8211 | |
8212 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
8213 { | |
164 | 8214 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
8215 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
8216 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
8217 | |
7 | 8218 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
8219 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
8220 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
8221 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
8222 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
8223 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
8224 } | |
8225 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
8226 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8227 } | |
8228 | |
8229 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
8230 * indent */ | |
8231 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
8232 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
8233 | |
8234 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
8235 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
8236 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8237 | |
8238 /* | |
8239 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
477 | 8240 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
7 | 8241 */ |
477 | 8242 if (!nomove |
8243 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
7 | 8244 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
8245 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
8246 #endif | |
477 | 8247 ) |
8248 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
8249 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
7 | 8250 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
477 | 8251 && !VIsual_active |
8252 #endif | |
8253 )) | |
7 | 8254 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8255 && !revins_on | |
8256 #endif | |
8257 ) | |
8258 { | |
8259 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8260 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
8261 { | |
8262 oneleft(); | |
8263 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
8264 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8265 } | |
8266 else | |
8267 #endif | |
8268 { | |
8269 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8270 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8271 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
8272 if (has_mbyte) | |
8273 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
8274 #endif | |
8275 } | |
8276 } | |
8277 | |
8278 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8279 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
8280 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
8281 * well). */ | |
8282 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
8283 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
8284 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8285 #endif | |
8286 | |
8287 State = NORMAL; | |
8288 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
8289 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
8290 | |
8291 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8292 setmouse(); | |
8293 #endif | |
8294 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8295 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8296 #endif | |
8297 | |
8298 /* | |
8299 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
8300 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
8301 */ | |
8302 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
8303 showmode(); | |
8304 else if (p_smd) | |
8305 MSG(""); | |
8306 | |
8307 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
8308 } | |
8309 | |
8310 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8311 /* | |
8312 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
8313 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
8314 */ | |
8315 static void | |
8316 ins_ctrl_() | |
8317 { | |
8318 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
8319 { | |
8320 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
8321 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8322 } | |
8323 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
8324 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
8325 if (revins_on) | |
8326 { | |
8327 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8328 revins_legal++; | |
8329 revins_chars = 0; | |
8330 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8331 } | |
8332 else | |
8333 revins_scol = -1; | |
8334 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8335 if (p_altkeymap) | |
8336 { | |
8337 /* | |
8338 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
8339 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
8340 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
8341 */ | |
8342 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
8343 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
8344 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
8345 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8346 State = INSERT; | |
8347 } | |
8348 else | |
8349 #endif | |
8350 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
8351 showmode(); | |
8352 } | |
8353 #endif | |
8354 | |
8355 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
8356 /* | |
8357 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
8358 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
8359 */ | |
8360 static int | |
8361 ins_start_select(c) | |
8362 int c; | |
8363 { | |
8364 if (km_startsel) | |
8365 switch (c) | |
8366 { | |
8367 case K_KHOME: | |
8368 case K_KEND: | |
8369 case K_PAGEUP: | |
8370 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
8371 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
8372 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
8373 # ifdef MACOS | |
8374 case K_LEFT: | |
8375 case K_RIGHT: | |
8376 case K_UP: | |
8377 case K_DOWN: | |
8378 case K_END: | |
8379 case K_HOME: | |
8380 # endif | |
8381 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
8382 break; | |
8383 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
8384 case K_S_LEFT: | |
8385 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
8386 case K_S_UP: | |
8387 case K_S_DOWN: | |
8388 case K_S_END: | |
8389 case K_S_HOME: | |
8390 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
8391 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
8392 start_selection(); | |
8393 | |
8394 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
8395 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
8396 if (mod_mask) | |
8397 { | |
8398 char_u buf[4]; | |
8399 | |
8400 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
8401 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
8402 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
8403 buf[3] = NUL; | |
8404 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
8405 } | |
8406 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
8407 return TRUE; | |
8408 } | |
8409 return FALSE; | |
8410 } | |
8411 #endif | |
8412 | |
8413 /* | |
449 | 8414 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
8415 */ | |
8416 static void | |
8417 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
8418 int replaceState; | |
8419 { | |
8420 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8421 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8422 { | |
8423 beep_flush(); | |
8424 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
8425 return; | |
8426 } | |
8427 #endif | |
8428 | |
8429 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
532 | 8430 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
449 | 8431 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
8432 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
667 | 8433 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
8434 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
8435 # endif | |
8436 "r"), 1); | |
532 | 8437 # endif |
449 | 8438 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
8439 #endif | |
8440 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8441 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8442 else | |
8443 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8444 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
8445 showmode(); | |
8446 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8447 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8448 #endif | |
8449 } | |
8450 | |
8451 /* | |
8452 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
8453 */ | |
8454 static void | |
8455 ins_ctrl_o() | |
8456 { | |
8457 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8458 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8459 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
8460 else | |
8461 #endif | |
8462 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8463 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
8464 else | |
8465 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
8466 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8467 if (virtual_active()) | |
8468 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
8469 else | |
8470 #endif | |
8471 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
8472 } | |
8473 | |
8474 /* | |
7 | 8475 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
8476 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
1796 | 8477 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
7 | 8478 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
8479 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
8480 */ | |
8481 static void | |
8482 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
8483 int c; | |
8484 int lastc; | |
8485 { | |
8486 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8487 return; | |
8488 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8489 | |
8490 /* | |
8491 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
8492 */ | |
1330 | 8493 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
8494 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
7 | 8495 { |
8496 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8497 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
8498 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
8499 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8500 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8501 if (lastc == '^') | |
8502 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
1516 | 8503 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8504 } |
8505 else | |
1516 | 8506 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8507 |
8508 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
8509 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8510 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8511 did_si = FALSE; | |
8512 can_si = FALSE; | |
8513 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8514 #endif | |
8515 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8516 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
8517 #endif | |
8518 } | |
8519 | |
8520 static void | |
8521 ins_del() | |
8522 { | |
8523 int temp; | |
8524 | |
8525 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8526 return; | |
8527 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
8528 { | |
8529 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8530 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8531 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
7 | 8532 vim_beep(); |
8533 else | |
8534 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
8535 } | |
8536 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
8537 vim_beep(); | |
8538 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8539 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8540 did_si = FALSE; | |
8541 can_si = FALSE; | |
8542 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8543 #endif | |
8544 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
8545 } | |
8546 | |
1460 | 8547 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
8548 | |
8549 /* | |
8550 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
8551 */ | |
8552 static void | |
8553 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
8554 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
8555 { | |
8556 dec_cursor(); | |
8557 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
8558 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8559 { | |
8560 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
8561 * Replace mode */ | |
8562 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8563 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
1782 | 8564 replace_do_bs(-1); |
1460 | 8565 } |
8566 else | |
8567 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8568 } | |
8569 | |
7 | 8570 /* |
8571 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
8572 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
8573 */ | |
8574 static int | |
8575 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
8576 int c; | |
8577 int mode; | |
8578 int *inserted_space_p; | |
8579 { | |
8580 linenr_T lnum; | |
8581 int cc; | |
8582 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1872 | 8583 colnr_T save_col; |
7 | 8584 colnr_T mincol; |
8585 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
8586 int in_indent; | |
8587 int oldState; | |
8588 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8589 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
7 | 8590 #endif |
8591 | |
8592 /* | |
8593 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
8594 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
8595 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
8596 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
8597 */ | |
8598 if ( bufempty() | |
8599 || ( | |
8600 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8601 !revins_on && | |
8602 #endif | |
8603 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8604 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
8605 && (arrow_used | |
8606 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8607 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
8608 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
8609 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
8610 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
8611 { | |
8612 vim_beep(); | |
8613 return FALSE; | |
8614 } | |
8615 | |
8616 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8617 return FALSE; | |
8618 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
8619 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8620 if (in_indent) | |
8621 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
8622 #endif | |
8623 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
8624 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
8625 #endif | |
8626 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8627 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
8628 inc_cursor(); | |
8629 #endif | |
8630 | |
8631 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8632 /* Virtualedit: | |
8633 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
8634 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
8635 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
8636 */ | |
8637 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
8638 { | |
8639 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8640 { | |
8641 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8642 return TRUE; | |
8643 } | |
8644 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
8645 { | |
8646 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8647 return TRUE; | |
8648 } | |
8649 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8650 } | |
8651 #endif | |
8652 | |
8653 /* | |
8654 * delete newline! | |
8655 */ | |
8656 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8657 { | |
8658 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
8659 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8660 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8661 || revins_on | |
8662 #endif | |
8663 ) | |
8664 { | |
8665 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
8666 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
8667 return FALSE; | |
8668 --Insstart.lnum; | |
8669 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
8670 } | |
8671 /* | |
8672 * In replace mode: | |
8673 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
8674 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
8675 */ | |
8676 cc = -1; | |
8677 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8678 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
8679 /* | |
8680 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
8681 * cursor. | |
8682 */ | |
8683 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
8684 { | |
8685 dec_cursor(); | |
8686 } | |
8687 else | |
8688 { | |
8689 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8690 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8691 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
8692 #endif | |
8693 { | |
8694 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
8695 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
278 | 8696 |
8697 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
8698 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
8699 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
8700 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
8701 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
8702 { | |
8703 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
8704 TRUE); | |
8705 int len; | |
8706 | |
835 | 8707 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
278 | 8708 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
8709 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
8710 } | |
8711 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8712 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 8713 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
8714 inc_cursor(); | |
8715 } | |
8716 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8717 else | |
8718 dec_cursor(); | |
8719 #endif | |
8720 | |
8721 /* | |
8722 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
8723 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
8724 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
8725 * characters that NL replaced. | |
8726 */ | |
8727 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8728 { | |
8729 /* | |
8730 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
8731 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
8732 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
8733 */ | |
8734 oldState = State; | |
8735 State = NORMAL; | |
8736 /* | |
8737 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
8738 */ | |
8739 while (cc > 0) | |
8740 { | |
1872 | 8741 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8742 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8743 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
8744 #else | |
8745 ins_char(cc); | |
8746 #endif | |
1872 | 8747 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8748 cc = replace_pop(); |
8749 } | |
8750 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
8751 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8752 State = oldState; | |
8753 } | |
8754 } | |
8755 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8756 } | |
8757 else | |
8758 { | |
8759 /* | |
8760 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
8761 */ | |
8762 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8763 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
8764 dec_cursor(); | |
8765 #endif | |
8766 mincol = 0; | |
8767 /* keep indent */ | |
1085 | 8768 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
8769 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
8770 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2004 | 8771 || cindent_on() |
1085 | 8772 #endif |
8773 ) | |
7 | 8774 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8775 && !revins_on | |
8776 #endif | |
8777 ) | |
8778 { | |
1872 | 8779 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8780 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
1988 | 8781 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
7 | 8782 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
1872 | 8783 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8784 } |
8785 | |
8786 /* | |
8787 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
8788 */ | |
8789 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
8790 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
648 | 8791 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
1497 | 8792 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
7 | 8793 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
8794 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
8795 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
8796 || arrow_used)))))) | |
8797 { | |
8798 int ts; | |
8799 colnr_T vcol; | |
8800 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
1460 | 8801 colnr_T start_vcol; |
7 | 8802 |
8803 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
648 | 8804 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
7 | 8805 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
8806 else | |
8807 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
8808 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
8809 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
8810 * the previous character. */ | |
8811 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
1460 | 8812 start_vcol = vcol; |
7 | 8813 dec_cursor(); |
8814 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
8815 inc_cursor(); | |
8816 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
8817 | |
8818 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
8819 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
8820 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
1460 | 8821 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
7 | 8822 |
8823 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
8824 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
8825 { | |
8826 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
8827 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8828 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8829 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8830 | |
8831 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8832 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8833 ins_char(' '); | |
8834 else | |
8835 #endif | |
8836 { | |
8837 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
1460 | 8838 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
8839 replace_push(NUL); | |
7 | 8840 } |
8841 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
8842 } | |
1460 | 8843 |
8844 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
8845 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
8846 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
8847 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
7 | 8848 } |
8849 | |
8850 /* | |
8851 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
8852 */ | |
8853 else do | |
8854 { | |
8855 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8856 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
8857 #endif | |
8858 dec_cursor(); | |
8859 | |
8860 /* start of word? */ | |
8861 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
8862 { | |
8863 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
8864 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
8865 } | |
8866 /* end of word? */ | |
8867 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
8868 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
8869 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
8870 { | |
8871 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8872 if (!revins_on) | |
8873 #endif | |
8874 inc_cursor(); | |
8875 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8876 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8877 dec_cursor(); | |
8878 #endif | |
8879 break; | |
8880 } | |
8881 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 8882 replace_do_bs(-1); |
7 | 8883 else |
8884 { | |
8885 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8886 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
714 | 8887 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
7 | 8888 #endif |
8889 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8891 /* | |
714 | 8892 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
8893 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
7 | 8894 * character. |
8895 */ | |
714 | 8896 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
7 | 8897 inc_cursor(); |
8898 #endif | |
8899 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8900 if (revins_chars) | |
8901 { | |
8902 revins_chars--; | |
8903 revins_legal++; | |
8904 } | |
8905 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
8906 break; | |
8907 #endif | |
8908 } | |
8909 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
8910 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8911 break; | |
8912 } while ( | |
8913 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8914 revins_on || | |
8915 #endif | |
8916 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
8917 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8918 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
8919 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
8920 } | |
8921 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8922 did_si = FALSE; | |
8923 can_si = FALSE; | |
8924 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8925 #endif | |
8926 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
8927 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8928 /* | |
8929 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
8930 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
8931 * with. | |
8932 */ | |
8933 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8934 | |
8935 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
8936 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8937 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8938 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8939 | |
8940 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
8941 * was there remains visible | |
8942 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
8943 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
8944 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
8945 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
8946 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
8947 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
8948 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
8949 | |
1514 | 8950 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
8951 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
8952 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
8953 * char before a Tab. */ | |
8954 if (did_backspace) | |
8955 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8956 #endif | |
8957 | |
7 | 8958 return did_backspace; |
8959 } | |
8960 | |
8961 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8962 static void | |
8963 ins_mouse(c) | |
8964 int c; | |
8965 { | |
8966 pos_T tpos; | |
840 | 8967 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
7 | 8968 |
8969 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8970 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
8971 if (!gui.in_use) | |
8972 # endif | |
8973 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
8974 return; | |
8975 | |
8976 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8977 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8978 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
8979 { | |
840 | 8980 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8981 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
8982 | |
8983 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
8984 { | |
8985 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
8986 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
8987 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8988 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8989 } | |
8990 #endif | |
8991 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
8992 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8993 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
8994 { | |
8995 curwin = new_curwin; | |
8996 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8997 } | |
8998 #endif | |
7 | 8999 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
9000 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9001 # endif | |
9002 } | |
9003 | |
9004 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9005 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
9006 redraw_statuslines(); | |
9007 #endif | |
9008 } | |
9009 | |
9010 static void | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9011 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9012 int dir; |
7 | 9013 { |
9014 pos_T tpos; | |
1434 | 9015 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
9016 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
9017 # endif | |
9018 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9019 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
7 | 9020 # endif |
9021 | |
9022 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9023 | |
9024 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
9025 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
9026 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
9027 { | |
9028 int row, col; | |
9029 | |
9030 row = mouse_row; | |
9031 col = mouse_col; | |
9032 | |
9033 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
9034 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
9035 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
9036 } | |
9037 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
9038 # endif | |
9039 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9040 | |
1434 | 9041 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
9042 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
9043 if (!pum_visible() | |
9044 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
9045 || curwin != old_curwin | |
9046 # endif | |
9047 ) | |
9048 # endif | |
9049 { | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9050 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9051 { |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9052 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9053 scroll_redraw(dir, |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9054 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9055 else |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9056 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9057 } |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9058 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1434 | 9059 else |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9060 { |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9061 int val, step = 6; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9062 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9063 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9064 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9065 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9066 if (val < 0) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9067 val = 0; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9068 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9069 } |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9070 #endif |
1434 | 9071 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
9072 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
9073 # endif | |
9074 } | |
7 | 9075 |
9076 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
9077 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9078 | |
9079 curwin = old_curwin; | |
9080 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
9081 # endif | |
9082 | |
1434 | 9083 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
9084 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
9085 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
9086 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
9087 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
9088 { | |
9089 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
9090 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
9091 } | |
9092 # endif | |
9093 | |
7 | 9094 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
9095 { | |
9096 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9097 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9098 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9099 # endif | |
9100 } | |
9101 } | |
9102 #endif | |
9103 | |
692 | 9104 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 9105 static void |
692 | 9106 ins_tabline(c) |
9107 int c; | |
9108 { | |
9109 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
9110 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
9111 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
9112 { | |
9113 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9114 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9115 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9116 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9117 # endif | |
9118 } | |
9119 | |
9120 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
9121 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
9122 else | |
846 | 9123 { |
692 | 9124 handle_tabmenu(); |
846 | 9125 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
9126 } | |
692 | 9127 } |
9128 #endif | |
9129 | |
9130 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
7 | 9131 void |
9132 ins_scroll() | |
9133 { | |
9134 pos_T tpos; | |
9135 | |
9136 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9137 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9138 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
9139 { | |
9140 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9141 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9142 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9143 # endif | |
9144 } | |
9145 } | |
9146 | |
9147 void | |
9148 ins_horscroll() | |
9149 { | |
9150 pos_T tpos; | |
9151 | |
9152 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9153 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9154 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
7 | 9155 { |
9156 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9157 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9158 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9159 # endif | |
9160 } | |
9161 } | |
9162 #endif | |
9163 | |
9164 static void | |
9165 ins_left() | |
9166 { | |
9167 pos_T tpos; | |
9168 | |
9169 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9170 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9171 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9172 #endif | |
9173 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9174 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9175 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
9176 { | |
941 | 9177 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
9178 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
9179 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
9180 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
9181 #endif | |
9182 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
7 | 9183 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9184 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
9185 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
9186 revins_legal++; | |
9187 revins_chars++; | |
9188 #endif | |
9189 } | |
9190 | |
9191 /* | |
9192 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
9193 * previous line | |
9194 */ | |
9195 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9196 { | |
9197 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9198 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
9199 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9200 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
9201 } | |
9202 else | |
9203 vim_beep(); | |
9204 } | |
9205 | |
9206 static void | |
9207 ins_home(c) | |
9208 int c; | |
9209 { | |
9210 pos_T tpos; | |
9211 | |
9212 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9213 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9214 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9215 #endif | |
9216 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9217 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9218 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
9219 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
9220 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9221 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9222 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
9223 #endif | |
9224 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
9225 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9226 } | |
9227 | |
9228 static void | |
9229 ins_end(c) | |
9230 int c; | |
9231 { | |
9232 pos_T tpos; | |
9233 | |
9234 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9235 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9236 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9237 #endif | |
9238 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9239 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9240 if (c == K_C_END) | |
9241 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
9242 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9243 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
9244 | |
9245 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9246 } | |
9247 | |
9248 static void | |
9249 ins_s_left() | |
9250 { | |
9251 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9252 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9253 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9254 #endif | |
9255 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9256 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9257 { | |
9258 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9259 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
9260 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9261 } | |
9262 else | |
9263 vim_beep(); | |
9264 } | |
9265 | |
9266 static void | |
9267 ins_right() | |
9268 { | |
9269 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9270 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9271 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9272 #endif | |
9273 undisplay_dollar(); | |
1877 | 9274 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
9275 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9276 || virtual_active() | |
9277 #endif | |
7 | 9278 ) |
9279 { | |
9280 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9281 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9282 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9283 if (virtual_active()) | |
9284 oneright(); | |
9285 else | |
9286 #endif | |
9287 { | |
9288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9289 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 9290 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 9291 else |
9292 #endif | |
9293 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9294 } | |
9295 | |
9296 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9297 revins_legal++; | |
9298 if (revins_chars) | |
9299 revins_chars--; | |
9300 #endif | |
9301 } | |
9302 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
9303 * cursor to the next line */ | |
9304 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
9305 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9306 { | |
9307 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9308 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9309 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
9310 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9311 } | |
9312 else | |
9313 vim_beep(); | |
9314 } | |
9315 | |
9316 static void | |
9317 ins_s_right() | |
9318 { | |
9319 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9320 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9321 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9322 #endif | |
9323 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9324 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
9325 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
9326 { | |
9327 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9328 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
9329 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9330 } | |
9331 else | |
9332 vim_beep(); | |
9333 } | |
9334 | |
9335 static void | |
9336 ins_up(startcol) | |
9337 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9338 { | |
9339 pos_T tpos; | |
9340 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9341 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9342 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9343 #endif | |
9344 | |
9345 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9346 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9347 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9348 { | |
9349 if (startcol) | |
9350 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9351 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9352 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9353 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9354 #endif | |
9355 ) | |
9356 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9357 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9358 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9359 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9360 #endif | |
9361 } | |
9362 else | |
9363 vim_beep(); | |
9364 } | |
9365 | |
9366 static void | |
9367 ins_pageup() | |
9368 { | |
9369 pos_T tpos; | |
9370 | |
9371 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9372 |
9373 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9374 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9375 { | |
9376 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
1013 | 9377 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9378 { | |
9379 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9380 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
9381 } | |
828 | 9382 return; |
9383 } | |
9384 #endif | |
9385 | |
7 | 9386 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9387 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9388 { | |
9389 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9390 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9391 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9392 #endif | |
9393 } | |
9394 else | |
9395 vim_beep(); | |
9396 } | |
9397 | |
9398 static void | |
9399 ins_down(startcol) | |
9400 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9401 { | |
9402 pos_T tpos; | |
9403 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9404 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9405 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9406 #endif | |
9407 | |
9408 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9409 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9410 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9411 { | |
9412 if (startcol) | |
9413 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9414 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9415 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9416 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9417 #endif | |
9418 ) | |
9419 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9420 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9421 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9422 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9423 #endif | |
9424 } | |
9425 else | |
9426 vim_beep(); | |
9427 } | |
9428 | |
9429 static void | |
9430 ins_pagedown() | |
9431 { | |
9432 pos_T tpos; | |
9433 | |
9434 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9435 |
9436 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9437 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9438 { | |
9439 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
1013 | 9440 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9441 { | |
9442 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9443 goto_tabpage(0); | |
9444 } | |
828 | 9445 return; |
9446 } | |
9447 #endif | |
9448 | |
7 | 9449 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9450 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9451 { | |
9452 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9453 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9454 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9455 #endif | |
9456 } | |
9457 else | |
9458 vim_beep(); | |
9459 } | |
9460 | |
9461 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
9462 static void | |
9463 ins_drop() | |
9464 { | |
9465 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
9466 } | |
9467 #endif | |
9468 | |
9469 /* | |
9470 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
9471 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
9472 */ | |
9473 static int | |
9474 ins_tab() | |
9475 { | |
9476 int ind; | |
9477 int i; | |
9478 int temp; | |
9479 | |
9480 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
9481 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
9482 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9483 return FALSE; | |
9484 | |
9485 ind = inindent(0); | |
9486 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9487 if (ind) | |
9488 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
9489 #endif | |
9490 | |
9491 /* | |
9492 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
9493 */ | |
9494 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
9495 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
9496 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
9497 return TRUE; | |
9498 | |
9499 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9500 return TRUE; | |
9501 | |
9502 did_ai = FALSE; | |
9503 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
9504 did_si = FALSE; | |
9505 can_si = FALSE; | |
9506 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
9507 #endif | |
9508 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
9509 | |
9510 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
9511 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
9512 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
9513 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
9514 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
9515 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
9516 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
9517 | |
9518 /* | |
9519 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
9520 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
9521 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
9522 */ | |
9523 ins_char(' '); | |
9524 while (--temp > 0) | |
9525 { | |
9526 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9527 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9528 ins_char(' '); | |
9529 else | |
9530 #endif | |
9531 { | |
9532 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
9533 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
9534 replace_push(NUL); | |
9535 } | |
9536 } | |
9537 | |
9538 /* | |
9539 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
9540 */ | |
9541 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
9542 { | |
9543 char_u *ptr; | |
9544 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9545 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
9546 pos_T pos; | |
9547 #endif | |
9548 pos_T fpos; | |
9549 pos_T *cursor; | |
9550 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
9551 int change_col = -1; | |
9552 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
9553 | |
9554 /* | |
9555 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
9556 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
9557 */ | |
9558 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9559 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9560 { | |
9561 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9562 cursor = &pos; | |
9563 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
9564 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
9565 return FALSE; | |
9566 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
9567 } | |
9568 else | |
9569 #endif | |
9570 { | |
9571 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
9572 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
9573 } | |
9574 | |
9575 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
9576 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9577 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
9578 | |
9579 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
9580 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9581 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
9582 { | |
9583 --fpos.col; | |
9584 --ptr; | |
9585 } | |
9586 | |
9587 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
9588 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9589 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
9590 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9591 { | |
9592 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
9593 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
9594 } | |
9595 | |
9596 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
9597 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9598 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9599 | |
9600 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
9601 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
9602 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
9603 { | |
9604 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
9605 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
9606 break; | |
9607 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
9608 { | |
9609 *ptr = TAB; | |
9610 if (change_col < 0) | |
9611 { | |
9612 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
9613 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
9614 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9615 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
9616 } | |
9617 } | |
9618 ++fpos.col; | |
9619 ++ptr; | |
9620 vcol += i; | |
9621 } | |
9622 | |
9623 if (change_col >= 0) | |
9624 { | |
9625 int repl_off = 0; | |
9626 | |
9627 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
9628 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
9629 { | |
9630 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
9631 ++ptr; | |
9632 ++repl_off; | |
9633 } | |
9634 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
9635 { | |
9636 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
9637 --ptr; | |
9638 --repl_off; | |
9639 } | |
9640 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
9641 | |
9642 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
9643 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
9644 if (i > 0) | |
9645 { | |
1622 | 9646 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
7 | 9647 /* correct replace stack. */ |
9648 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9649 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9650 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9651 #endif | |
9652 ) | |
9653 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
9654 replace_join(repl_off); | |
9655 } | |
33 | 9656 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 9657 if (netbeans_active()) |
33 | 9658 { |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9659 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
33 | 9660 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
9661 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
9662 } | |
9663 #endif | |
7 | 9664 cursor->col -= i; |
9665 | |
9666 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9667 /* | |
9668 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
9669 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
9670 * spacing. | |
9671 */ | |
9672 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9673 { | |
9674 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
9675 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
9676 | |
9677 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
9678 * ptr-cursor */ | |
9679 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
9680 cursor->col - change_col); | |
9681 } | |
9682 #endif | |
9683 } | |
9684 | |
9685 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9686 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9687 vim_free(saved_line); | |
9688 #endif | |
9689 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
9690 } | |
9691 | |
9692 return FALSE; | |
9693 } | |
9694 | |
9695 /* | |
9696 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
9697 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
9698 */ | |
9699 static int | |
9700 ins_eol(c) | |
9701 int c; | |
9702 { | |
9703 int i; | |
9704 | |
9705 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9706 return FALSE; | |
9707 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9708 return TRUE; | |
9709 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9710 | |
9711 /* | |
9712 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
9713 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
9714 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
9715 */ | |
9716 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9717 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9718 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9719 #endif | |
9720 ) | |
9721 replace_push(NUL); | |
9722 | |
9723 /* | |
9724 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
9725 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
9726 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
9727 * in open_line(). | |
9728 */ | |
9729 | |
844 | 9730 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
9731 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
9732 * CTRL-O). */ | |
9733 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
9734 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
9735 #endif | |
9736 | |
7 | 9737 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9738 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
9739 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
9740 fkmap(NL); | |
9741 # endif | |
9742 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
9743 * current line. */ | |
9744 if (revins_on) | |
9745 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
9746 #endif | |
9747 | |
9748 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
9749 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
9750 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
9751 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
9752 #endif | |
9753 0, old_indent); | |
9754 old_indent = 0; | |
9755 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9756 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9757 #endif | |
1032 | 9758 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
9759 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
9760 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9761 #endif | |
7 | 9762 |
9763 return (!i); | |
9764 } | |
9765 | |
9766 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
9767 /* | |
9768 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
9769 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
9770 * done. | |
9771 */ | |
9772 static int | |
9773 ins_digraph() | |
9774 { | |
9775 int c; | |
9776 int cc; | |
2811 | 9777 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 9778 |
9779 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
9780 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9781 { | |
9782 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9783 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9784 |
9785 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
2811 | 9786 did_putchar = TRUE; |
7 | 9787 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
9788 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
9789 #endif | |
9790 } | |
9791 | |
9792 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
9793 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
9794 #endif | |
9795 | |
9796 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
9797 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
9798 ++no_mapping; | |
9799 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9800 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9801 --no_mapping; |
9802 --allow_keys; | |
2811 | 9803 if (did_putchar) |
9804 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
9805 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
9806 edit_unputchar(); | |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9807 |
7 | 9808 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
9809 { | |
9810 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9811 clear_showcmd(); | |
9812 #endif | |
9813 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9814 return NUL; | |
9815 } | |
9816 if (c != ESC) | |
9817 { | |
2811 | 9818 did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 9819 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
9820 { | |
9821 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9822 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9823 |
9824 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
9825 { | |
661 | 9826 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9827 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
2811 | 9828 did_putchar = TRUE; |
7 | 9829 } |
9830 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9831 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
9832 #endif | |
9833 } | |
9834 ++no_mapping; | |
9835 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9836 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9837 --no_mapping; |
9838 --allow_keys; | |
2811 | 9839 if (did_putchar) |
9840 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
9841 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
9842 edit_unputchar(); | |
7 | 9843 if (cc != ESC) |
9844 { | |
9845 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
9846 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
9847 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9848 clear_showcmd(); | |
9849 #endif | |
9850 return c; | |
9851 } | |
9852 } | |
9853 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9854 clear_showcmd(); | |
9855 #endif | |
9856 return NUL; | |
9857 } | |
9858 #endif | |
9859 | |
9860 /* | |
9861 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
9862 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
9863 */ | |
9864 static int | |
9865 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
9866 linenr_T lnum; | |
9867 { | |
9868 int c; | |
9869 int temp; | |
9870 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
9871 | |
9872 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9873 { | |
9874 vim_beep(); | |
9875 return NUL; | |
9876 } | |
9877 | |
9878 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
9879 temp = 0; | |
9880 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
9881 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9882 validate_virtcol(); | |
9883 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
9884 { | |
9885 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9886 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
9887 } | |
9888 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
9889 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
9890 | |
9891 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9892 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
9893 #else | |
9894 c = *ptr; | |
9895 #endif | |
9896 if (c == NUL) | |
9897 vim_beep(); | |
9898 return c; | |
9899 } | |
9900 | |
449 | 9901 /* |
9902 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
9903 */ | |
9904 static int | |
9905 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
9906 int tc; | |
9907 { | |
9908 int c = tc; | |
9909 | |
9910 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9911 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
9912 { | |
9913 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
9914 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
9915 else | |
9916 scrollup_clamp(); | |
9917 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9918 } | |
9919 else | |
9920 #endif | |
9921 { | |
9922 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
9923 if (c != NUL) | |
9924 { | |
9925 long tw_save; | |
9926 | |
9927 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
9928 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
9929 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
9930 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
9931 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
9932 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
9933 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
9934 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
9935 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9936 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
9937 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9938 revins_chars++; | |
9939 revins_legal++; | |
9940 #endif | |
9941 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
9942 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
9943 } | |
9944 } | |
9945 return c; | |
9946 } | |
9947 | |
7 | 9948 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
9949 /* | |
9950 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
9951 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
9952 */ | |
9953 static void | |
9954 ins_try_si(c) | |
9955 int c; | |
9956 { | |
9957 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
9958 char_u *ptr; | |
9959 int i; | |
9960 int temp; | |
9961 | |
9962 /* | |
9963 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
9964 */ | |
9965 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
9966 { | |
9967 /* | |
9968 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
9969 */ | |
9970 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
9971 { | |
9972 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9973 /* | |
9974 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
9975 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
9976 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
9977 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
9978 * lines -- webb | |
9979 */ | |
9980 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
9981 i = pos->col; | |
9982 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
9983 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
9984 ; | |
9985 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
9986 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
9987 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
9988 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
9989 i = get_indent(); | |
9990 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9991 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9992 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 9993 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
7 | 9994 else |
9995 #endif | |
9996 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9997 } | |
9998 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9999 { | |
10000 /* | |
10001 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
10002 * more than indent of previous line | |
10003 */ | |
10004 temp = TRUE; | |
10005 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
10006 { | |
10007 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
10008 i = get_indent(); | |
10009 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
10010 { | |
10011 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
10012 | |
10013 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
10014 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
10015 break; | |
10016 } | |
10017 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
10018 temp = FALSE; | |
10019 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
10020 } | |
10021 if (temp) | |
1516 | 10022 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
7 | 10023 } |
10024 } | |
10025 | |
10026 /* | |
10027 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
10028 */ | |
10029 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
10030 { | |
10031 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
10032 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
10033 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
10034 } | |
10035 | |
10036 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
10037 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
10038 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
10039 } | |
10040 #endif | |
10041 | |
10042 /* | |
10043 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
10044 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
10045 */ | |
10046 static colnr_T | |
10047 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
10048 { | |
10049 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
10050 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
10051 validate_virtcol(); | |
10052 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
10053 } |